{"title":"Jewelry Storage","description":"\u003c!--hero--\u003e\u003cdiv data-hero=\"2\" style=\"position:relative;margin:0 0 22px;border-radius:14px;overflow:hidden;background:linear-gradient(135deg,#8C6838,#1A1418);font-family:Jost,Inter,Arial,sans-serif\"\u003e\n\u003csvg viewbox=\"0 0 1200 260\" preserveaspectratio=\"xMidYMid slice\" xmlns=\"http:\/\/www.w3.org\/2000\/svg\" role=\"img\" aria-label=\"Jewelry Storage\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%\"\u003e\u003ccircle cx=\"1060\" cy=\"130\" r=\"150\" fill=\"#EADCC6\" opacity=\"0.07\"\u003e\u003c\/circle\u003e\u003ccircle cx=\"1060\" cy=\"130\" r=\"96\" fill=\"none\" stroke=\"#EADCC6\" stroke-width=\"4\" opacity=\"0.35\"\u003e\u003c\/circle\u003e\u003cg opacity=\"0.16\" stroke=\"#ffffff\" stroke-width=\"3\"\u003e\u003cline x1=\"-200\" y1=\"52\" x2=\"120\" y2=\"52\"\u003e\u003canimate attributename=\"x1\" values=\"-200;1300\" dur=\"3.6s\" repeatcount=\"indefinite\"\u003e\u003c\/animate\u003e\u003canimate attributename=\"x2\" values=\"120;1620\" dur=\"3.6s\" repeatcount=\"indefinite\"\u003e\u003c\/animate\u003e\u003c\/line\u003e\u003c\/g\u003e\u003c\/svg\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding:clamp(18px,4vw,40px) clamp(16px,5vw,60px)\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color:#ffffff;font-weight:700;font-size:clamp(24px,4.2vw,46px);line-height:1.15\"\u003eJewelry Storage\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color:#EADCC6;font-weight:500;font-size:clamp(15px,2.1vw,24px);line-height:1.35;margin-top:6px\"\u003eDrawer, wall, mirror, travel, tray\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin-top:14px;display:flex;flex-wrap:wrap;gap:8px\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"display:inline-block;background:#ffffff;color:#1A1418;border-radius:17px;padding:6px 16px;font-weight:700;font-size:clamp(12px,1.5vw,17px);line-height:1.3;white-space:nowrap\"\u003e14-day returns\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c!--\/hero--\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-seo=\"1\" style=\"max-width:920px;margin:0 auto;font-size:16px;line-height:1.75\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:6px 0 14px\"\u003eJewelry storage: drawer, wall, mirror or travel, the right format for every piece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003e solution prevents knotted chains, orphan earrings and rings lost at the bottom of a bag. This collection covers the drawer\u003cstrong\u003ejewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e , the tray, the travel pouch, the wall holder and the mirrored cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice follows the place: a \u003cstrong\u003edrawer jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e in the dresser, a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry storage cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e in the bedroom. A \u003cstrong\u003elarge jewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003e piece suits a sizable collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eWhy choose storage for your jewelry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSorting by type.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rings, earrings, necklaces and bracelets each have their own spot, so nothing gets mixed up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace saved.\u003c\/strong\u003e The drawer, the wall or the top of the vanity each take a suitable format.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter protected pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e Separate compartments limit friction between metals and stones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA quicker choice.\u003c\/strong\u003e When everything is in view, you match the jewelry to the outfit without digging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn object to show.\u003c\/strong\u003e A unique jewelry storage piece, by its shape or color, sits in view as a decorative element.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eThe drawer where chains get knotted\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dresser drawer holds everything in a jumble: three chains form a single knot and an earring is wedged against the back. A compartmented organizer, laid flat, separates the types. When you open the drawer, you spot the pair you want without undoing anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:38px 0 14px\"\u003eWhich jewelry storage should you choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eDrawer jewelry storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rangement-bijoux-tiroir\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003edrawer jewelry organizer\u003c\/a\u003e is chosen to the centimeter: note the inside width and depth before ordering. A drawer jewelry organizer with fixed compartments keeps its shape; a modular tray adapts better to pieces of varied sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eMirror and jewelry storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/miroir-rangement-bijoux\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003emirror with jewelry storage\u003c\/a\u003e brings dressing together in one place: you look at yourself and choose your set. Depending on the model, a \u003cstrong\u003estanding mirror with jewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003e takes up a corner of the bedroom, while a mirrored jewelry storage cabinet mounts on the wall. A \u003cstrong\u003evanity with built-in jewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps everything within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eWall-mounted jewelry storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the furniture lacks space, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/porte-bijoux-mural\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003ewall-mounted jewelry organizer\u003c\/a\u003e frees up the dresser and displays necklaces at eye level. A \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted jewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003e solution can also be fixed behind a door; check the wall type and the hardware before drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eJewelry storage box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/boite-a-bijoux\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003ewooden jewelry storage box\u003c\/a\u003e closes and protects its pieces, and matches the bedroom furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eJewelry storage tray and pouch\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry storage tray\u003c\/strong\u003e stacks or slips into a drawer. A \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry storage pouch\u003c\/strong\u003e is soft and fits in a bag; check its closures and slots for each piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eJewelry storage furniture and armoire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA jewelry storage armoire holds a large collection, and a dresser with built-in jewelry storage saves one more piece of furniture. Near the clothes, a \u003cstrong\u003ewalk-in closet jewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the pieces within reach. Count the available height and the space to open the doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eMen's jewelry storage and makeup\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor men's jewelry storage, choose clean lines and room for watches and bracelets. For shared jewelry and makeup storage, separate the two worlds with a tray so that powder doesn't touch the jewelry. To display at a market, professional jewelry storage most often consists of trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:38px 0 14px\"\u003eOrganizing and caring for your jewelry storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eSetting up an organizer without losing everything\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore everyday pieces at the front, party jewelry at the back, and close the clasps so the chains don't catch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eKeeping jewelry in good condition\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the compartments with a soft, dry cloth, and store silver separately, as it tarnishes in the air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:38px 0 14px\"\u003eFrequently asked questions about jewelry storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eHow do you store jewelry in a drawer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLay the organizer flat, spread the rings in the slots and place the necklaces side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eHow do you store jewelry without tangling it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne hook or one slot per necklace is enough. Avoid layering two fine chains in the same compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eHow do you store jewelry when traveling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003e, a pouch with slots or a rigid organizer keeps each piece separate, and a closed \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e protects the chains during the trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eWhat is a good homemade jewelry storage idea?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA frame with mesh or a tray with compartments makes a \u003cstrong\u003ehomemade jewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003epiece. This jewelry storage tip helps in a pinch, and a model designed for this use holds pieces in place better. For those who enjoy DIY jewelry storage, this setup remains a good starting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:38px 0 14px\"\u003eOrder your jewelry storage from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the spot, choose the format, then add the model to your cart. Shipping is free on orders over €25; you have 14 days to return an item, and the legal guarantee of conformity covers your order. The 10% discount is deducted automatically in the cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:13.5px;color:#64748b\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePopular searches:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry storage, mirror and jewelry storage, jewelry storage box, jewelry organizer, drawer jewelry storage, jewelry storage cabinet, jewelry storage with mirror, wall-mounted jewelry storage, homemade jewelry storage idea, standing mirror with jewelry storage, travel jewelry storage, jewelry storage tip, vanity with jewelry storage, jewelry storage tray, jewelry storage pouch, wooden jewelry storage, walk-in closet jewelry storage, men's jewelry storage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eAlso worth a look\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/coffret-bijoux\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003eJewelry chest\u003c\/a\u003e : a chest with drawers for storing and gifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/ecrin-bijoux\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003eJewelry case\u003c\/a\u003e : a case for a ring or a precious piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/boite-a-bijoux-voyage\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003eTravel jewelry box\u003c\/a\u003e : a compact model for the suitcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv data-guides=\"1\" style=\"margin-top:28px\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur guides:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/conseils-guides-presentoirs-bijoux\/idee-rangement-bijoux\"\u003eJewelry Storage Ideas: 10 Solutions for the Space You Have\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/conseils-guides-presentoirs-bijoux\/comment-ranger-ses-bijoux-dans-un-dressing\"\u003eHow to Store Jewelry in a Walk-In Closet: 8 Ideas and Solutions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-voyage-compacte-portable","title":"Textured Faux Leather and Velvet Travel Jewelry Box","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFaux leather grained travel jewelry box: necklaces, rings and earrings protected\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds necklaces, rings, earrings and bracelets in a compact case covered in grained faux leather and lined with velvet. Its \u003cstrong\u003esnap-button\u003c\/strong\u003e flap keeps it closed in a suitcase, bag or drawer. Three colors: green, blue or black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this compact travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNecklace tabs\u003c\/strong\u003e: five snap tabs in the lid hold chains and pendants flat, without tangling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e: a row of rolls holds rings upright and clips stud earrings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompartmentalized jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a large compartment and four narrow sections separate bracelets, hoop earrings and small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the soft lining limits friction between gold, silver and costume jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid shell\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box keeps its shape in luggage and protects its contents from minor bumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry case for travel, suitcases and dressing tables\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e slips into a carry-on suitcase or weekend bag. At the hotel, it opens on the bedside table like a small display case. At home, it finds its place on a dressing table, chest of drawers or in a wardrobe drawer. It is also a useful \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box gift\u003c\/strong\u003e for a birthday or a holiday departure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFaux leather and velvet jewelry box material\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is covered in \u003cstrong\u003egrained faux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e with neat stitching. The interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e: light gray for the blue and black colors, green for the green color. The flap closes with a discreet metal snap button. The three boxes have the same format and stack neatly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInterior organization of this women's jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lid features \u003cstrong\u003e5 snap tabs\u003c\/strong\u003e: you attach a necklace, pendant or pair of drop earrings, and the chain slides into the gathered pocket just below. In the base, the large compartment holds bracelets, a folded scarf or a watch. The row of rolls holds rings and studs. The \u003cstrong\u003e4 sections\u003c\/strong\u003e separate hoop earrings, brooches and small items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for your velvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a soft brush or microfiber cloth. Wipe the faux leather with a soft, dry cloth, without solvents. Store clean and dry jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the faux leather travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to store jewelry while traveling without tangling it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAttach each necklace to a tab on the lid and let the chain hang in the pocket. Rings go in the rolls, small items in the sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry can be stored in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNecklaces, pendants, rings, earrings, bracelets and brooches. The large compartment also holds a watch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the box close?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA snap-button flap keeps the lid closed. It opens with one hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good gift idea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is a useful gift for someone who travels often. It then serves every day at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this travel jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together boxes, cases and displays chosen for storing jewelry. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose your color and travel with your jewelry in its place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the faux leather travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e travel jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e grained faux leather, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e snap-button flap\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 necklace tabs, pocket, ring rolls, 1 large compartment, 4 sections\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e green, blue or black\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364212732216,"sku":"14:175#Green","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52364212764984,"sku":"14:173#Blue","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364212797752,"sku":"14:193#Black","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H7565ac822e194f89ac01cce9fe054b41k.webp?v=1778164732"},{"product_id":"etui-bijoux-velours-voyage-multi-couleurs","title":"Zipped Velvet Travel Jewelry Case 16.5 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVelvet zippered travel jewelry case: all your jewelry protected on the go\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evelvet travel jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e slips into a handbag, carry-on suitcase, or bedside drawer. Measuring \u003cstrong\u003e16.5 x 11.5 x 5.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, it holds rings, earrings, delicate necklaces, and bracelets in a single case closed with a gold zipper. Four colors to choose from: \u003cstrong\u003egreen, pink, blue, and gray\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this velvet travel jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete travel jewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: a compartment tray and a lid lined with slots hold jewelry of many different shapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e: a soft touch and a deep color that stand out on a dressing table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eZipper closure\u003c\/strong\u003e: the case stays closed in a bag, and jewelry does not get mixed up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable dividers\u003c\/strong\u003e: you can adjust the size of the compartments to fit your bracelets, rings, or slim watches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact size\u003c\/strong\u003e: only 5.5 cm thick, it can be stored flat or upright.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVelvet travel jewelry box: where to take it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e is primarily used for weekends and vacations, but not only. It fits in a gym bag for removing rings before a workout, in a suitcase for a business trip, or in a drawer as a \u003cstrong\u003esmall everyday travel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the 16.5 cm velvet case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe case measures \u003cstrong\u003e16.5 cm long\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e11.5 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e5.5 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, or approximately 6.5 x 4.5 x 2.2 inches. Its rigid shell is covered in \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e on all surfaces, and a gold trim highlights the zipper. The interior is lined with a light-colored fabric that makes the shine of metals and stones stand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInterior organization of the velvet case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bottom tray is divided into \u003cstrong\u003ecompartments of various sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a slotted area for holding rings. The lid features a \u003cstrong\u003epanel lined with small slots\u003c\/strong\u003e where studs and drop earrings can be placed, preventing them from getting lost. The removable dividers can be removed to accommodate a wide bracelet or watch. Delicate necklaces can be placed in a compartment or in the recess of the lid, with the clasp fastened to prevent tangling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVelvet care and storage tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft brush\u003c\/strong\u003e, always in the direction of the nap, and avoid prolonged contact with water. Store jewelry clean and dry, and fasten each clasp before closing the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the travel jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the velvet jewelry case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 16.5 cm long, 11.5 cm wide, and 5.5 cm high. It fits in most handbags and toiletry bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan earrings and rings be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the lid has slots for earrings, and the tray offers compartments and a slotted area for rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo necklaces stay untangled in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDelicate chains can be placed in a compartment with the clasp fastened. For a long necklace, wrap it before placing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean the velvet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft brush is enough to remove dust. Avoid rubbing hard and getting the fabric wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your velvet jewelry case from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur store specializes in \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003e and display. Each case is described with its actual dimensions and interior organization, so you know what you are receiving. You benefit from the \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e and returns within 14 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and take your favorite jewelry on vacation in a compact, elegant case.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e zippered travel jewelry case\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e velvet, lined interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.5 x 11.5 x 5.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e green, pink, blue, gray\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold zipper\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e compartments, removable dividers, slots for rings and earrings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e travel, handbag, drawer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364213027128,"sku":"14:175","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364213059896,"sku":"14:1052","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52364213092664,"sku":"14:173","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":52364213125432,"sku":"14:691","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Sf5f7e95aeb68496d8146887b11e0e4a6T.webp?v=1778164749"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-vert-rangement-pro","title":"Green Velvet Jewelry Box with Drawer and Removable Tray","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen velvet jewelry box with drawer: removable tray and grid\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003egreen velvet jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds necklaces, rings, earrings, bracelets, and small items on two levels. Its removable tray lifts to reveal the large compartments, while its grid drawer stores jewelry one by one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this large velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNecklace hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e: a row of about ten hooks in the lid, above a pouch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable tray\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring rolls, perforated plate for studs, and earring compartments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge compartments under the tray\u003c\/strong\u003e: rigid bracelets, bangles, and watches fit comfortably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrid drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e: many small compartments for rings and brooches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eForest green velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e: a matte, soft-touch finish with topstitching on the lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry storage box for your dressing table and wardrobe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a dressing table, chest of drawers, or in a wardrobe, this \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry storage box\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces several small cases. Jewelry designers and market sellers also use it for \u003cstrong\u003eprofessional jewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003e to keep their stock organized. As a gift, it is a \u003cstrong\u003elarge women's jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e that fills up quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the green velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular box is lined with \u003cstrong\u003egreen velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e inside and out. The lid features decorative topstitching and closes with a \u003cstrong\u003emetal clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e on the front. The bottom drawer opens with a metal pull tab. A fabric strap keeps the lid open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the two levels of the jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lid holds hanging necklaces and a pouch for fine chains. The first level holds the removable tray: a row of \u003cstrong\u003ering rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e, a perforated plate for \u003cstrong\u003estud earrings\u003c\/strong\u003e, and compartments for pendants. Under the tray, large compartments hold bracelets and watches. The bottom drawer forms a grid of small compartments, one ring or brooch per compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrush the velvet with a soft brush in the direction of the nap. A lint roller removes dust from the small compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the green velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I store my jewelry in a jewelry box with a drawer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEveryday jewelry goes on the top tray, while necklaces hang from the hooks in the lid. The drawer holds rings and brooches that are worn less often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the tray removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it lifts away with a simple motion. The large compartments underneath then become accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I store watches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the large compartments under the tray hold watches and rigid bracelets. The velvet protects the glass and cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the lid stay open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA fabric strap keeps it open. Your hands remain free to choose a piece of jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe select jewelry boxes for home and professional use, described exactly as they are. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive your collection a green velvet box where every piece of jewelry has its own compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box with drawer\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e green velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal clasp\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklace hooks, removable ring and earring tray, large compartments, grid drawer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364213190968,"sku":"PB-VB-VEL-001","price":64.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Sdbd035eb345e46c192a6d2972067e6c7r.webp?v=1778164757"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-verre-velours-36-compartiments","title":"Jewelry Box 36 Rings Glass Lid Black Velvet","description":"\u003ch2\u003e36-Ring Jewelry Box with Glass Lid: Your Entire Ring Collection at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds \u003cstrong\u003e36 rings\u003c\/strong\u003e upright in black velvet slots, beneath a \u003cstrong\u003eglass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps them visible without opening. It is ideal for collectors who want to see their rings at a glance, as well as jewelers showcasing a selection in a display case or on a stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This 36-Slot Ring Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e36 slots\u003c\/strong\u003e: six rows of six slots hold each ring upright and separate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: keeps rings visible and protected from dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e: a dark background that makes gold, silver, and colored stones stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e: a chrome latch on the front keeps the lid securely closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat design\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box fits in a dresser drawer or on a dressing table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA Jewelry Display Box for Home, Display Cases, and Trade Shows\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt home, this \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry storage box\u003c\/strong\u003e slips into a drawer or sits on a dressing table next to a mirror. For designers or jewelry stores, it is a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry display box\u003c\/strong\u003e ready for a display case, counter, or trade show stand: customers can see all the rings without you having to take them out. It is also useful for organizing a collection of fashion rings or signet rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials of the Velvet and Glass Ring Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box is covered in a black leather-look textured material. The lid is framed with the same material and fitted with \u003cstrong\u003eclear glass\u003c\/strong\u003e. The interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003eblack velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, including the rolls that form the slots. The front clasp is made of chrome-plated metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Layout of the 36-Compartment Jewelry Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e21 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e by \u003cstrong\u003e18.5 cm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e, a compact size for 36 rings. The interior consists of \u003cstrong\u003e6 rows of 6 slots\u003c\/strong\u003e: each ring slides in upright, setting facing up. The velvet slots also hold stud earrings or a slim brooch. Once the lid is closed, everything stays securely in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for Your Black Velvet Jewelry Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a soft brush or microfiber cloth. Clean the glass with a \u003cstrong\u003emicrofiber cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, without spraying any product directly onto the box. Wipe the exterior with a dry cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions About the 36-Slot Ring Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe box has 36 slots, holding one ring per slot. An entire collection fits in this flat design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan earrings be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, stud earrings can be placed in the velvet slots. It is primarily designed for rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lid transparent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the lid is fitted with glass, so all the rings are visible without opening it. It closes with a metal latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for a jewelry store display case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its black background and glass lid make it an ideal counter display. It can be transported closed to a trade show or market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Order This Ring Box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes and displays useful for both individuals and jewelry professionals. You benefit from a 14-day return period and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Finally, store all your rings in one place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications of the 36-Ring Jewelry Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring box with glass lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e black textured covering, glass lid, black velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 x 18.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlots:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 ring slots\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal clasp\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364213289272,"sku":"PB-BOITE-001","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/S4ad9186a702d41adbf5de2efa4fcc5c03.jpg?v=1778164765"},{"product_id":"boite-bagues-velours-100-places-vitrine","title":"100-Compartment Velvet Ring Box with Glass Lid","description":"\u003ch2\u003e100-Compartment Velvet Ring Box: The Large Display Case for Collections and Jewelry Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e100-compartment ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e in velvet holds an entire collection in a \u003cstrong\u003e35 x 24 x 5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tray closed with a transparent glass lid. It is designed for collectors and \u003cstrong\u003ejewelers\u003c\/strong\u003e who want to display or store a large number of rings, each on its own roll, without piling them up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this 100-compartment ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e: one roll per ring, arranged in neat rows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent glass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: view the collection without opening the box, while keeping dust out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet in four colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: deep green, cream beige, light gray, or black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal clasps\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lid locks at the front, making it ideal for transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e35 x 24 x 5 cm format\u003c\/strong\u003e: flat and rectangular, it fits easily into a drawer or display case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e100-Compartment ring box: how to store a large collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach ring slides onto a padded \u003cstrong\u003evelvet roll\u003c\/strong\u003e, based on the design of a jewelry store ring holder. The rows are closely spaced, making room for delicate rings, wedding bands, fashion rings, or children's jewelry. Allow fewer compartments for very wide or bulky rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVelvet, glass, and clasps: the materials of the 100-compartment ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e covers the case and rows: it is dense and soft against the jewelry. The \u003cstrong\u003eglass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e is transparent. The silver-colored \u003cstrong\u003emetal clasps\u003c\/strong\u003e are located at the front. Four colors are available: green and black offer more contrast, while beige and gray are brighter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGlass ring box for professional displays and home storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry store\u003c\/strong\u003e or on a stand, it displays stock on a counter and can then be stored in a drawer. At home, it replaces several jewelry boxes and keeps all your rings within easy reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003esoft brush\u003c\/strong\u003e removes dust from the velvet; a \u003cstrong\u003esoft cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e cleans the glass. Avoid getting water on the velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings can be stored?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe product page lists 100 compartments, one per roll. Thick rings may require more space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e35 x 24 x 5 cm, as shown in the dimensioned diagram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGreen, beige, gray, and black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be closed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes: metal clasps keep the lid closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry other than rings can be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStud earrings can be slid onto the rolls; for larger jewelry, a compartment tray is more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this 100-compartment ring box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer boxes, cases, and displays for jewelry and watches for both individuals and professionals. You have 14 days to return your order, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and store your entire ring collection under glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-compartment glass ring box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Velvet, glass lid, metal clasps\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, beige, gray, black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 x 24 x 5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 rings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364213354808,"sku":"14:10#Green ring box","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364213387576,"sku":"14:175#Beige ring box","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":52364213420344,"sku":"14:193#Gray  ring box","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364213453112,"sku":"14:29#Black ring box","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Sade34f428bf44330b150502c62ece79dg.webp?v=1778164773"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-bois-massif-velours-compacte","title":"Small Solid Wood and Velvet Jewelry Box 16.5 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSmall solid wood and velvet jewelry box measuring 16.5 cm: the essentials of your jewelry, in light or dark wood\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003esmall jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e in solid wood measures \u003cstrong\u003e16.5 x 9.5 x 4.3 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Under its lid, a row of slots and a gathered pouch hold earrings and pendants; at the bottom, a roll compartment holds rings and a second, open compartment holds a bracelet, watch, or necklace. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003elight wood\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003edark wood\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact format\u003c\/strong\u003e of 16.5 cm, which fits in a drawer, on a bedside table, or in a bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e, in a light shade, which protects against scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e: each ring stays upright and visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLidded slots\u003c\/strong\u003e for hanging drop earrings and pendants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid wood\u003c\/strong\u003e with rounded corners and visible grain, in two shades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA small wooden jewelry box for everyday use and travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a dressing table, it keeps the jewelry you wear every day; on a bedside table, it holds the ring and earrings removed in the evening. Tucked into a bag, it becomes a sturdy \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e. On a designer's counter, it displays a single set. Understated and warm, it is an easy-to-give \u003cstrong\u003egift jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the small velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLid: slots for drop earrings and pendants, gathered pouch for studs. Left or right compartment depending on the model: ring rolls. Open compartment: bracelet, watch, fine chain, or brooch. A box designed for a small selection rather than an entire collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the 16.5 cm solid wood jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: varnished solid wood, velvet interior. Dimensions: \u003cstrong\u003e16.5 x 9.5 x 4.3 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Shades: \u003cstrong\u003elight wood\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003edark wood\u003c\/strong\u003e. Storage: lidded slots and pouch, roll compartment, open compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for wood and velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the wood with a dry cloth. The velvet is brushed with a soft brush. Let a wet piece of jewelry dry before storing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this small jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the size of the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 16.5 cm long, 9.5 cm wide, and 4.3 cm high. It fits in a dresser drawer or handbag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces of jewelry can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA few rings on the rolls, several pairs of earrings in the lid, and a bracelet or watch in the open compartment. It is the size of an everyday selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight wood or dark wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLight wood matches bright interiors, dark wood matches warm atmospheres. The layout is the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be taken on a trip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its rigid shell protects the jewelry in luggage. Lay it flat so that the pieces stay in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe choose well-finished solid wood boxes at a fair price. You benefit from \u003cstrong\u003ereturns within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your shade and keep your favorite jewelry always at hand.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e small jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e varnished solid wood, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.5 x 9.5 x 4.3 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e slots and pouch, roll compartment, open compartment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Light wood","offer_id":52364213551416,"sku":"14:193#A","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark wood","offer_id":52364213584184,"sku":"14:29#B","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Sb1b2e47ca4484666835144fbc085ed13M.webp?v=1778164780"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-cuir-cordoba-organisateur-voyage","title":"Round Leather Jewelry Box with Mirror, Key Lock","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound leather jewelry box with mirror and key lock: the elegance of a vanity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eleather jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e with its rounded silhouette is inspired by the travel vanity case: a handle on top, a key lock on the front, and a mirror in the lid. Inside, a removable ring tray, compartments, earring holders, and a zippered pouch for taking on the go. A \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e in beige or brown, for home or travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey lock\u003c\/strong\u003e: a metal lock with a barrel keeps the lid locked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMirror in the lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: to check an earring or necklace on the spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable tray\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring rolls and compartments, remove it to reach the bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eZippered pouch\u003c\/strong\u003e: it goes on trips with a few pieces of jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eContrast stitching\u003c\/strong\u003e: light topstitching on beige or brown leather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry box for travel and the dressing table, with a handle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a dressing table, its curves make it a decorative object. For a stay, its handle and lock make it a secure \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e, which can be slipped into a suitcase or carried by hand. The inner pouch allows you to take only the essentials when traveling light. It is also a \u003cstrong\u003egift jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e that will appeal to leather goods lovers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the round leather jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe case is covered in beige or brown \u003cstrong\u003eleather\u003c\/strong\u003e, enhanced with light \u003cstrong\u003etopstitching\u003c\/strong\u003e. The interior is lined with chocolate or sand-colored velvet. The front features a metal \u003cstrong\u003ekey lock\u003c\/strong\u003e, silver on the beige, gold on the brown. The top has a matching leather handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInterior organization: ring tray, holders, and pouch\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lid houses a rectangular mirror framed by two perforated tabs where stud earrings can be inserted. The removable tray aligns \u003cstrong\u003ering rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e and several compartments for pendants and thin bracelets. Below, the bottom is divided into compartments for larger jewelry, next to the \u003cstrong\u003ezippered pouch\u003c\/strong\u003e. Depending on the configuration, the lid also features necklace slots and a pleated pocket. A \u003cstrong\u003ecompartmentalized jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps each piece separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for topstitched leather and velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the leather with a soft, dry cloth. The mirror is cleaned with a microfiber cloth. Brush the interior velvet gently and keep the key in a separate place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the jewelry box with lock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the jewelry box lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the front lock can be locked with a key. The lid remains closed during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the ring tray be removed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the tray can be lifted to reach the bottom. Place it beside you while choosing your jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a travel jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is portable thanks to its handle and lock. For a handbag, the inner zippered pouch is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean a leather jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA dry cloth is enough for the exterior, a soft brush for the velvet. Avoid water and solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe select jewelry boxes that protect your pieces and travel with you. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Discover our entire \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/boite-a-bijoux\"\u003ejewelry box collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose beige or brown and keep your jewelry locked up, at home or on the go.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the round jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e round jewelry box with handle\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e leather, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e key lock\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e removable tray, compartments, zippered pouch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e beige, brown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364213715256,"sku":null,"price":237.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":52364213748024,"sku":null,"price":237.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/26480-8_F_offen_D.jpg?v=1778164790"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-boho-compacte-21cm","title":"Velvet Jewelry Box with Mirror and 2 Drawers 21 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eJewelry box with mirror and 2 drawers: a compact 21 cm case, lined with velvet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box with mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a compartmentalized tray, \u003cstrong\u003etwo drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e and a mirror in the lid in a \u003cstrong\u003e21 x 15 x 13 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e format. Its orange \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e interior contrasts with the beige or black exterior, adorned with an engraved feather on the side. A storage space for rings, necklaces, bracelets and earrings, to be placed on a dressing table or chest of drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this small jewelry box with drawers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e in the lid, held open by side hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e with oval handles, under a compartmentalized top tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall removable box\u003c\/strong\u003e in the center of the tray for rings or valuables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet lining\u003c\/strong\u003e that protects jewelry from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEngraved feather\u003c\/strong\u003e on the side, a discreet detail that signs the decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA designer jewelry box for the dressing table or wardrobe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlaced on a dressing table, chest of drawers or shelf, this \u003cstrong\u003edesigner jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e takes up little space while offering plenty of storage. The mirror allows you to try on a pair of earrings without taking your eyes off the box. It is also a refined \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box gift\u003c\/strong\u003e, in bright beige or elegant black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the jewelry box with mirror\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top tray is divided between several compartments and a small central box with a lid, ideal for an engagement \u003cstrong\u003ering\u003c\/strong\u003e or a pair of studs. The two drawers, lined with velvet, hold \u003cstrong\u003enecklaces\u003c\/strong\u003e laid flat, \u003cstrong\u003ebracelets\u003c\/strong\u003e and watches. The top compartments are removable to free up space according to your jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBeige or black exterior, orange velvet interior\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior features a smooth coating with clean seams, beige or black, with an engraved feather on one side. The interior is lined with bright orange \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, warm and soft, which highlights gold as well as silver. The lid houses a rectangular \u003cstrong\u003emirror\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the interior velvet with a soft brush, wipe the exterior with a dry cloth and clean the mirror with a microfiber cloth. Avoid moisture and household products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the 21 cm jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 21 x 15 x 13 cm. It finds its place on a dressing table, bedside table or chest of drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many drawers does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo drawers, under a compartmentalized tray. With the mirror lid, that makes three storage spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the compartments removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the tray compartments and the small central box are removable. You adapt the space to the size of your jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich color to choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBeige brings a light and soft touch, black a more graphic style. Both have the same orange velvet interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe select well-thought-out jewelry boxes, beautiful to display and easy to live with. Returns within 14 days and 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your color and store your jewelry in a compact box, with mirror and drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical sheet of the jewelry box with mirror\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 x 15 x 13 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e smooth exterior, orange velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e removable compartmentalized tray, small central box, 2 drawers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e mirror in the lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e beige or black\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364213846328,"sku":null,"price":108.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364213879096,"sku":null,"price":108.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/20132-1_Boho_SKklein_VLoffen_D3.jpg?v=1778164805"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-cuir-aurora-multi-compartiments","title":"Leather Jewelry Box with Mirror, Drawers and Pouch","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLeather jewelry box with mirror, drawers and pouch: complete and elegant storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eleather jewelry box with mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a mirrored lid compartment, three small drawers and a large drawer that conceals a quilted pouch in a single dressing table organizer. Rings, earrings, necklaces, watches and even glasses all have their place. A \u003cstrong\u003eluxury jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e for those who want to store everything in one place, available in white or pink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lid opens to reveal a large mirror for trying on jewelry on the spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive storage spaces\u003c\/strong\u003e: top compartment, three small drawers and one large drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable quilted pouch\u003c\/strong\u003e: it slips into your bag so you can take a few pieces of jewelry with you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatch cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e: a watch can be stored wrapped around it, with the dial visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefined finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: quilted chevron lid, gold-tone rings and a tassel on the large drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA large women's jewelry box for the dressing table or wardrobe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a dressing table, it replaces both the table mirror and catchall tray. In a wardrobe, it keeps evening jewelry, watches and glasses together. Its \u003cstrong\u003edesigner jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e look, with its clean lines and soft tones, complements modern interiors. As a gift, this \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box gift\u003c\/strong\u003e is perfect for a birthday or housewarming present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the white or pink leather jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is covered in smooth \u003cstrong\u003eleather\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a quilted chevron-patterned top. The interior is lined with taupe or powder pink \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e. The small drawers open via a \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone ring\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the large drawer opens via a ring adorned with a tassel. The lid lifts by a gold-tone tab to reveal the mirror.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the drawers and mirrored compartment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top compartment features long compartments for necklaces and glasses, a row for rings and square compartments for earrings. The three small drawers are for everyday jewelry: pendants, brooches and stud earrings. The large bottom drawer holds the quilted pouch, a watch cushion and several compartments for bracelets. A true \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for a substantial collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the quilted leather and velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the covering with a soft, dry cloth, following the stitching of the quilting. The mirror can be cleaned with a microfiber cloth. The velvet should be brushed gently to remove dust without crushing the fibers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the leather jewelry box with mirror\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan watches be stored in this jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the large drawer includes a cushion for one watch. Other watches can be stored in the long compartments of the top section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the pouch removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the quilted pouch can be removed from the large drawer. It is designed for taking a few pieces of jewelry with you on trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should a jewelry box with several drawers be organized?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep jewelry worn every day at the top and reserve the small drawers for delicate pieces. The large drawer holds bracelets, the watch and the pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should a light-colored leather jewelry box be cleaned?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA dry cloth removes dust without marking the covering. Avoid household cleaning products, which can dull light colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe select jewelry boxes and cases that are as decorative as they are practical. You benefit from 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. See also our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/boite-a-bijoux\"\u003ejewelry box collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose white or pink and finally keep all your jewelry in one place.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the leather jewelry box with mirror\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box with mirror and drawers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e leather, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e top compartment, 3 small drawers, 1 large drawer\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAccessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e quilted pouch, watch cushion\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e white, pink\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364213944632,"sku":null,"price":294.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364213977400,"sku":null,"price":294.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/27038-1_Aurora_SK_F_offen_mit_SE.jpg?v=1778164810"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-cuir-cordoba-voyage-multi-couleurs","title":"3-Drawer Leather Jewelry Box with Mirror and Key Lock","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3-drawer leather jewelry box with mirror and key lock: the classic leather goods case\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e3-drawer leather jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e takes its shape from large leather goods cases: a compartment with a mirrored lid, three lined drawers, and a front flap that folds down to reveal them. It locks and can be carried by its handle. A \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e in brown, beige, or red for a complete collection of rings, necklaces, bracelets, and earrings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey lock\u003c\/strong\u003e: the key locks the case with the front clasp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e with buttons, protected behind a folding flap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e in the lid, framed by a tab for earrings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInner pouches\u003c\/strong\u003e: two flap pouches to isolate delicate jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: brown, beige, or red, with a matching carrying handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA large women's jewelry case for the dresser or wardrobe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlaced on a dresser, this \u003cstrong\u003ewomen's jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e retains the look of a miniature trunk. Everyday jewelry stays in the top compartment; the drawers, meanwhile, organize the pieces worn less often. Thanks to its handle and lock, it can be moved from room to room without risk. A \u003cstrong\u003eluxury jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e to give for a birthday or wedding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the leather jewelry case with lock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is covered in smooth \u003cstrong\u003eleather\u003c\/strong\u003e, the interior in sand or chocolate velvet depending on the color. The front features a flap closed by the \u003cstrong\u003ekey lock\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each drawer opens with a small metal button, and the top features a stitched leather handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the 3 drawers and the mirrored compartment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lid houses a mirror and a perforated tab for stud earrings. The upper compartment combines \u003cstrong\u003ering rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e and compartments, plus two flap pouches for delicate pieces. The three drawers hold bracelets, chains, necklaces, and watches, flat or in compartments depending on the drawer. Depending on the version, the lid also offers a pleated pocket and slots for hanging necklaces. A real four-level \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the leather and velvet of the case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the leather with a soft, dry cloth, without household products. Clean the mirror with a microfiber cloth. The velvet of the drawers is dusted with a soft brush, with the drawer emptied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the drawer jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do the drawers open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnlock the lock, lift the lid, then fold down the front flap. The three drawers can then be pulled out by their button.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the jewelry box come with a key?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a key opens the front lock. Keep it separate from the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan watches be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the flat drawers hold watches next to bracelets. Slide them into a pouch if you are worried about scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to store a multi-level jewelry case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlace the jewelry worn every day on top and reserve one drawer per family. The pouches isolate the most delicate pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this case from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects jewelry boxes and cases made to last and to be passed down. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Browse our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/boite-a-bijoux\"\u003ejewelry box collection\u003c\/a\u003e as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and store your entire collection under lock and key.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the 3-drawer jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-drawer jewelry case\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e leather, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e key lock\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e upper compartment, 3 drawers, 2 pouches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e brown, beige, red\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":52364214141240,"sku":null,"price":178.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364214174008,"sku":null,"price":178.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":52364214206776,"sku":null,"price":178.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/26217-3_F_offen_Schub_D.jpg?v=1778164827"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-montres-cuir-femme-velours-xl","title":"XL 3-Drawer Leather Jewelry Box with Mirror","description":"\u003ch2\u003eXL 3-Drawer Leather Jewelry Box with Mirror: A Freestanding Jewelry Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003elarge leather jewelry box for women\u003c\/strong\u003e opens like a small piece of furniture: a \u003cstrong\u003emirrored\u003c\/strong\u003e lid, a ring tray, \u003cstrong\u003e3 drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e, two side doors, and a front drop-down panel. Necklaces, rings, earrings, bracelets, and watches each have their place, whether on a dressing table or a chest of drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Makes This XL Jewelry Box So Practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMirrored lid\u003c\/strong\u003e for trying on jewelry without leaving the dressing table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop tray\u003c\/strong\u003e with ring rolls and compartments of various sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e with compartments for bracelets, watches, and jewelry sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide doors\u003c\/strong\u003e fitted with necklace hooks and earring holders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarrying handle\u003c\/strong\u003e and lockable clasp on the front.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA Leather Jewelry Box for the Dressing Table, Wardrobe, or Bedroom\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eleather jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces several small boxes: everything is stored in a single volume, closed and locked. Its handle makes it easy to move from the dressing table to the wardrobe. A \u003cstrong\u003emirrored jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e that also makes a beautiful gift for a woman who collects jewelry and watches, available in \u003cstrong\u003ebeige\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003ebrown\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the 3-Drawer Leather Jewelry Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrained \u003cstrong\u003eleather\u003c\/strong\u003e exterior with topstitching, \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e-lined interior, mirrored lid, ring tray with rolls, \u003cstrong\u003e3 drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e, two side doors with hooks, front drop-down panel, top handle, and lockable clasp. Beige with a chocolate interior, or cognac brown with a cream interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganizing Jewelry and Watches in the Leather Jewelry Cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder the mirror, the tray holds everyday rings and earrings. The side doors accommodate hanging necklaces and long chains, keeping them tangle-free. The drawers are shared by bracelets, watches, and jewelry sets, from those worn most often to the most precious. The front drop-down panel opens to reveal the drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for Leather and Velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the leather with a soft, dry cloth. Dust the velvet with a soft brush after emptying the drawers. Clean the mirror with a slightly damp microfiber cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions About the XL Jewelry Box with Mirror\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I store necklaces without them getting tangled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHang them on the hooks on the side doors, one on each. They remain straight and visible as soon as the box is opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I store watches in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the compartmented drawers can hold watches laid flat next to bracelets. For a large watch collection, a dedicated watch box remains more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt closes with a lockable clasp on the front. Once closed, it keeps jewelry and watches protected from dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the beige and brown colors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBeige comes with a chocolate interior, while cognac brown comes with a cream interior. The storage is identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux, the Jewelry Storage Destination\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects jewelry boxes, cabinets, and displays for both the home and the boutique. Returns within 14 days and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA mirror, three drawers, two doors: your entire collection stored in a single box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e drawer jewelry box with mirror\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e grained leather, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring tray, 3 drawers, 2 doors with hooks\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e beige or brown\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e lockable clasp\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364216205624,"sku":"26391-8","price":256.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":52364216238392,"sku":"26391-9","price":256.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/26391-3-F-offen_2.webp?v=1778164777"},{"product_id":"etui-bijoux-cuir-voyage-montre-collier","title":"Zipped Faux Leather Travel Jewelry Box","description":"\u003ch2\u003eZippered faux leather travel jewelry box: three colorways\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis square \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e closes with a zipper and contains individual compartments for rings, earrings, and small jewelry. Its faux leather exterior is available in three color combinations. A compact \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e for taking your jewelry with you without it getting tangled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrid compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e: each small piece of jewelry keeps its own space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold-tone zipper\u003c\/strong\u003e around the entire perimeter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colorways\u003c\/strong\u003e: ivory and terracotta, beige and black, brown and purple.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft inner flap\u003c\/strong\u003e matching the lining, which protects the top of the jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat square format\u003c\/strong\u003e: it slips into a bag or suitcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA travel jewelry box that fits anywhere\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a weekend or a short trip, you don't want to take a large jewelry box. This \u003cstrong\u003esmall travel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds the essentials: rings, earrings, small pendants. When closed, it is no larger than a book.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt home, it also serves as extra storage in a drawer or on a dressing table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompartments and inner flap\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA grid of square compartments occupies the bottom of the box. Each compartment holds a ring, a pair of earrings, or a small piece of jewelry. The inner flap, made of soft fabric, is placed over the jewelry before closing the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small compartments are best suited for delicate jewelry. Bulky necklaces are better stored separately, in a dedicated pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThree colorways: matching exterior and interior\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eivory and terracotta\u003c\/strong\u003e version combines an ivory exterior with a terracotta orange interior. The \u003cstrong\u003ebeige and black\u003c\/strong\u003e version combines a beige exterior with a black interior. The \u003cstrong\u003ebrown and purple\u003c\/strong\u003e version combines a dark brown exterior with a purple interior. The \u003cstrong\u003efaux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e exterior is finely grained, and the lining is made of soft velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the faux leather jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a soft cloth. Brush the lining dry. Store clean and dry jewelry, and close the zipper without forcing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the zippered jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry can be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMainly \u003cstrong\u003erings, earrings\u003c\/strong\u003e and small delicate jewelry in the compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colorways are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree: \u003cstrong\u003eivory and terracotta\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ebeige and black\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ebrown and purple\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box close properly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, with a \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone zipper\u003c\/strong\u003e around the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for air travel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its compact size allows it to be slipped into carry-on luggage or a bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan watches be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis box is designed for small jewelry. For watches, choose a watch case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects watch and jewelry storage solutions, from the simplest to the most refined. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies to every order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your colorway and take your favorite jewelry with you with complete peace of mind.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e travel jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior material:\u003c\/strong\u003e grained faux leather\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLining:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e grid compartments and inner flap\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold-tone zipper\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorways:\u003c\/strong\u003e ivory and terracotta, beige and black, brown and purple\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e travel and drawer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Ivory and Terracotta","offer_id":52364217778488,"sku":"26113-1","price":64.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige and Black","offer_id":52364217811256,"sku":"26113-1 .","price":64.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown and Purple","offer_id":52364217844024,"sku":null,"price":64.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/26113-1_VL_offen_ee915801-8977-44e6-b0b7-120ade3fd004.jpg?v=1778164906"},{"product_id":"coffre-fort-bijoux-montre-de-luxe","title":"Black Leather Jewelry Box with Drawers, Mirror and Handle","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack leather jewelry box with drawers: a complete storage cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eblack leather jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e is presented as a small 42 x 27 x 31 cm case, with a handle on top and two metal clasps. When opened, it reveals a mirror in the lid, a top tray, and several compartmentalized drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a fairly large \u003cstrong\u003ewomen's jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e to keep rings, bracelets, necklaces, earrings, and watches in the same place, on a dressing table or in a closet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this jewelry box with drawers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA jewelry box with a mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e: the mirror built into the lid is used to try on a necklace or earrings without leaving the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeveral compartmentalized drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e: each drawer is divided to separate rings, bracelets, earrings, and watches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA removable necklace compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e: it can be removed to place necklaces on the dressing table and put them back without tangling them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA handle and two clasps\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box can be carried like a case and closes neatly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA gray velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: it protects metals and stones from scratches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to store this large jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its \u003cstrong\u003e42 x 27 x 31 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, this \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry chest\u003c\/strong\u003e can be placed on a dresser, dressing table, or closet shelf. It also finds its place in a jewelry store, as a storage display for a varied collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handle allows it to be moved from room to room or taken on a trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the leather and wood jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is made of \u003cstrong\u003eblack leather\u003c\/strong\u003e on a \u003cstrong\u003esolid wood\u003c\/strong\u003e structure. The interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003egray velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003cstrong\u003edimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e are 42 cm wide, 27 cm deep, and 31 cm high. The lid opens wide to reveal the mirror.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn oval cushion, in one of the drawers, holds a watch. Other compartments, of various sizes, hold rings, bracelets, and small jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization: tray, drawers, and necklace pockets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003etop tray\u003c\/strong\u003e features compartments and a row for rings. Below it, the \u003cstrong\u003edrawers\u003c\/strong\u003e alternate large compartments for bracelets, cases for earrings, and a cushion for a watch. The lid features \u003cstrong\u003efabric pockets\u003c\/strong\u003e for hanging necklaces and chains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA removable compartment lined with padded pockets can be removed to store necklaces separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for leather and velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the leather with a soft, dry cloth. Dust the velvet with a soft brush. Avoid liquid products and keep the box away from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this jewelry box with drawers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 42 cm wide, 27 cm deep, and 31 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan long necklaces be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the lid pockets and the removable compartment are designed for necklaces and chains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box have a mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a mirror is built into the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe exterior is black leather, the structure is solid wood, and the interior is gray velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be carried?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it has a handle on top and two metal clasps that keep the lid closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes, cases, jewelry boxes, and displays for all jewelry and watches. You benefit from a 14-day return and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGather all your jewelry in a large jewelry box with drawers, with a built-in mirror.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jewelry box with drawers and mirror\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black leather\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid wood\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42 x 27 x 31 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMirror:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compartmentalized drawers, removable necklace compartment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two metal clasps\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransport:\u003c\/strong\u003e Handle on top\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black Leather","offer_id":52364218007864,"sku":"PB-COFFRET-LUXE-001","price":690.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Coffret-femme-montre-et-bijoux-Luxe.jpg?v=1778164924"},{"product_id":"boite-a-bijoux-velours-cuir-coffret-voyage-femme","title":"Faux Leather Jewelry Box with Handle and 2 Drawers","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFaux leather jewelry box with handle: three levels and two drawers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis faux leather \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e, lined with powder pink velvet, stores watches, necklaces, rings, earrings and bracelets in \u003cstrong\u003e17.5 x 14 x 11 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its top handle turns it into a travel vanity case, while its two drawers keep the dressing table tidy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this women's jewelry box with drawers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry box with drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e: two sliding drawers below the main compartment, each with its own pull tab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNecklace hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e in the domed lid, above a gathered pocket for pendants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerforated earring plate\u003c\/strong\u003e and ring rolls in the top compartment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarrying handle\u003c\/strong\u003e and gold lock clasp: the box can be closed and carried.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: black, green, pink or white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA travel jewelry box that looks beautiful on the dressing table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt home, this \u003cstrong\u003ewomen's jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e sits on a dressing table, chest of drawers or wardrobe shelf. For a weekend away, take it by its handle and place it in the suitcase or car boot with the lid closed. Its domed trunk shape also makes it a beautiful \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box gift\u003c\/strong\u003e for Mother's Day or a birthday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the jewelry box, from the lid to the bottom drawer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe lid\u003c\/strong\u003e features hooks for chains and long necklaces. \u003cstrong\u003eThe top compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a perforated plate for stud earrings and rolls for rings. \u003cstrong\u003eThe first drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e, divided into six compartments, holds watches, delicate bracelets and brooches. \u003cstrong\u003eThe second drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e, which is taller, holds bangles and bulky jewelry; its removable dividers can be taken out to free up space. Metal arms keep the lid open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the faux leather jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDimensions: 17.5 cm long, 14 cm deep and 11 cm high, weighing 700 g. Faux leather exterior, pink velvet interior. Gold lock clasp, carrying handle, two drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for faux leather and velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA soft, dry cloth is all that is needed for the faux leather; a mark can be removed with a slightly damp cloth. The velvet interior can be dusted with a soft brush. Avoid alcohol and solvents, which dull the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this jewelry box suitable for travel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its handle and clasp allow it to be carried closed. At 700 g, it remains light in a suitcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan watches be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, one or two watches can fit in the compartments of the first drawer. Delicate bracelets can also be stored there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many necklaces can the lid hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lid has a row of hooks, one necklace per hook. Pendants hang down into the gathered pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should jewelry be stored in a jewelry box with drawers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEveryday jewelry at the top, watches and bracelets in the first drawer, bulky pieces in the second. Each level holds a different type of jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it genuine leather?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it is faux leather, which is easier to care for. The interior is velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux only sells jewelry and watch storage and displays, described with their actual measurements. You have 14 days to change your mind and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. See also our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/boite-a-bijoux\"\u003ejewelry boxes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your color and keep all your jewelry together, at home or on the go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box with drawers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17.5 x 14 x 11 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 700 g\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e faux leather, velvet lining\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold lock clasp\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, green, pink, white\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364219220280,"sku":"14:193#Black","price":54.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364219253048,"sku":"14:175#Green","price":54.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364219285816,"sku":"14:1052#Pink","price":54.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52364219318584,"sku":"14:29#White","price":54.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/S572e884c8ec142a5bd253a6576feec47n.webp?v=1778165041"},{"product_id":"boite-a-bijoux-femme-velours-cuir-coffret-luxe","title":"Women's Faux Leather Jewelry Box 2 Levels Removable Tray","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWomen's faux leather jewelry box: two levels and removable tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewomen's jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e in faux leather, lined with velvet, holds necklaces, rings, earrings, bracelets and a watch in \u003cstrong\u003e23 x 17 x 9 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. A removable tray on top, a large compartmented section below, hooks in the lid: every piece of jewelry has its place, on the dressing table or in the wardrobe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this two-level leather jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable tray\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring rolls, six small compartments and a long compartment, which lift off with a simple motion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular lower level\u003c\/strong\u003e: removable dividers form compartments for bracelets, bangles and a watch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNecklace hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e in the lid, above a fabric pocket that holds pendants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal lock clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e on the front, and ribbons that keep the lid open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: black, pink or white, with a light interior that makes the jewelry stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry storage box for the dressing table, chest of drawers or wardrobe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewomen's jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e sits on a dressing table, chest of drawers or wardrobe shelf, and can also fit into a large drawer. The grained faux leather, with exposed stitching, gives it the appearance of a \u003cstrong\u003eluxury jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e without the fragility of genuine leather. It is a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box gift idea\u003c\/strong\u003e for a birthday, Christmas or Mother's Day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the faux leather jewelry box, level by level\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe lid\u003c\/strong\u003e features a row of hooks for necklaces and chains. \u003cstrong\u003eThe top tray\u003c\/strong\u003e aligns velvet rolls for rings and stud earrings, six compartments for stud earrings, brooches and small items, and a long compartment for a watch or bracelet. \u003cstrong\u003eThe lower level\u003c\/strong\u003e, which is deeper, holds bangles, cuff bracelets and bulky jewelry; its dividers can be removed to create a large space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the women's jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDimensions: 23 cm long, 17 cm deep and 9 cm high. Grained faux leather exterior with exposed stitching, velvet-lined interior. Metal lock clasp, lid-holding ribbons, removable tray and removable dividers in the lower level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for faux leather and velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the faux leather with a soft, dry cloth, or barely damp for a streak. Dust the velvet interior with a soft brush. Avoid alcohol- or solvent-based products, which dull the coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the women's jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces of jewelry can be stored in this women's jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lid holds several necklaces, the tray a row of rings and earrings, and the lower level bracelets and large pieces. An everyday collection fits without being cramped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a watch be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a watch can be placed in the long compartment of the tray or in a compartment on the lower level. It is not a cushioned case, but it remains protected by the velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the lower dividers be removed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they are removable. You can thus create small compartments or a large space depending on your jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it genuine leather?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the exterior is faux leather, which is easier to care for. The interior is lined with velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to store jewelry in a two-level box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJewelry worn every day goes on the top tray, rarer and bulkier pieces underneath. Necklaces remain suspended from the lid to prevent tangling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux specializes in the storage and display of jewelry and watches, with product pages that provide the actual measurements. You have 14 days to change your mind and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. See also our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/boite-a-bijoux\"\u003ejewelry boxes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your color and give your jewelry neat, two-level storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e two-level jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23 x 17 x 9 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e faux leather, velvet lining\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal lock clasp\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklace hooks, removable tray, modular level\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, pink, white\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364219384120,"sku":"14:193#1pc Black","price":37.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364219416888,"sku":"14:1052#1pc Pink","price":37.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52364219449656,"sku":"14:29#1pc White","price":37.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/S0745648509c542be8700bdfa0dc7bbb1g.webp?v=1778165051"},{"product_id":"boite-a-bijoux-cuir-montres-rangement-organisateur","title":"Quilted Leather Jewelry Box 2 Drawers 4 Colors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eQuilted leather jewelry box with 2 drawers: all your treasures in one place\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eleather jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds necklaces, rings, earrings, bracelets, and watches in a single \u003cstrong\u003e23 x 17 x 13.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e case. Its diamond-quilted lid, gold-tone clasp, and \u003cstrong\u003etwo drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e give it the appearance of a small storage cabinet, perfect for placing on a dressing table or tucking into a wardrobe. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003efour colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: black, white, pink, and green.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the quilted leather jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour colors to choose from\u003c\/strong\u003e: black, white, pink, or green, to match your bedroom or display case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sliding drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e: bracelets, rings, or larger items can be stored flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompartment under the lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: hooks for hanging necklaces and chains to prevent tangling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTray with compartments and grooves\u003c\/strong\u003e: rings and earrings each have their own place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft lining\u003c\/strong\u003e: the fabric lining protects jewelry from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to place this quilted leather jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a \u003cstrong\u003edressing table\u003c\/strong\u003e, the quilted lid and gold-tone clasp give the piece a decorative touch. In a \u003cstrong\u003ewardrobe\u003c\/strong\u003e or on a dresser, its compact size makes it easy to store. For \u003cstrong\u003etravel\u003c\/strong\u003e, the handle makes it easy to take your favorite jewelry with you. In a \u003cstrong\u003edisplay case\u003c\/strong\u003e, the open box showcases its different levels, and the four colors allow you to create an assortment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the 2-drawer jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box measures 23 x 17 x 13.5 cm. It combines leather, wood, and metal, with a soft fabric lining inside. The closure is secure, and the handle makes it easy to carry. The four available colors are white, pink, black, and green.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganizing jewelry in the 2-drawer box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lid opens to reveal a compartment for necklaces and chains hung on their hooks. Below, a tray with compartments and grooves holds rings and earrings. The two lower drawers are reserved for bracelets, watches, and larger jewelry: every piece can be seen at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the leather jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegularly wipe the exterior with a soft, slightly damp cloth, then dry with a clean cloth. Avoid solvents and abrasive products. Dust the lining with a soft brush. Store jewelry completely dry and away from direct heat to keep the leather supple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the quilted leather jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe box measures 23 x 17 x 13.5 cm: it takes up little space on a dressing table while offering a lid and two drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry can be stored in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lid compartment holds necklaces, the tray holds rings and earrings, and the drawers hold bracelets and watches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors is the box available in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is available in white, pink, black, and green: choose your color before adding the box to your cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jewelry box practical for travel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its handle and compact size make it easy to carry, and its secure closure keeps your jewelry in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order the quilted leather jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux is a store specializing in the storage and display of jewelry and watches: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/boite-a-montres\"\u003ewatch boxes\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/etui-montre\"\u003etravel cases\u003c\/a\u003e, and much more. 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGather rings, necklaces, bracelets, and watches in a single elegant case: choose your color and order your jewelry box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications: the quilted leather jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jewelry box with 2 drawers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23 x 17 x 13.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leather, wood, and metal, soft fabric lining\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, pink, black, green\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Necklace compartment, ring and earring tray, 2 drawers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Secure, gold-tone clasp\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carrying handle\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft, slightly damp cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364219908408,"sku":"14:29","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364219941176,"sku":"14:1052","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364219973944,"sku":"14:193","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364220006712,"sku":"14:175","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/S9d248b5ced8b4fcabdc266eb755dc425m.webp?v=1778165064"},{"product_id":"porte-bijoux-mural-bois-noyer-dore","title":"Walnut Wood Wall-Mounted Jewelry Holder with Gold Pegs, 30 to 58 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWalnut wood wall-mounted jewelry holder with gold pegs, from 30 to 58 cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewalnut wood wall-mounted jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a dark-grained bar with gold-colored metal pegs for hanging necklaces, bracelets, and earring cards. More than just a wall-mounted jewelry organizer, it is a decorative piece that gives a bedroom, dressing room, or stand a boutique-like feel. It is available in four lengths: \u003cstrong\u003e30, 40, 50, and 58 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this walnut and gold wall-mounted jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark walnut wood\u003c\/strong\u003e: a warm, grained shade that enhances both gold and silver jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold pegs\u003c\/strong\u003e: they stand out against the wood and keep chains at a good distance from the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e: from 4 to 9 pegs, depending on the number of pieces of jewelry to be stored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim bar\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003cstrong\u003e3 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1.2 cm thick\u003c\/strong\u003e, discreet once hung.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed use\u003c\/strong\u003e: at home, in a shop window, or on a designer stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLengths and number of pegs on the walnut jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number of pegs increases with the length: \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm for 4 pegs\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm for 6 pegs\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e50 cm for 7 pegs\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e58 cm for 9 pegs\u003c\/strong\u003e. The short version fits above a bedside table; the long version accommodates an entire collection of necklaces on a dressing room wall. Each metal peg is suitable for a necklace, bracelet, or earring card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDisplaying earrings and necklaces on a walnut bar\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pegs accommodate both chains and earring display cards, as is done in designer boutiques. The jewelry remains visible from the front without stacking. By aligning two or three bars of the same length, you get a neat \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry wall\u003c\/strong\u003e, highly appreciated for a shop window or market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to hang this walnut wall-mounted jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the bedroom, it is placed above the dressing table. In the dressing room, it follows the line of the mirror. In a shop, it structures the back of the display window. Avoid very humid bathrooms, as wood does not like water or prolonged steam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the walnut wood bar and gold pegs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the bar with a \u003cstrong\u003edry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. Rub the gold pegs with a soft cloth, without abrasive products that could dull the finish. Avoid hanging very heavy pieces on a single peg: distribute the weight across the entire bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the walnut jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pegs does each length have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 30 cm bar has 4, the 40 cm bar has 6, the 50 cm bar has 7, and the 58 cm bar has 9.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the pegs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are slim and made of gold-colored metal, inserted into a bar that is 3 cm high and 1.2 cm thick, on which chains slide without snagging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan earring cards be hung on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, this is a common use: the card is hung on a peg and remains readable from the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to choose the length?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCount one peg per necklace or earring card, then add a few free spaces for your future jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of wall is suitable for hanging it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA flat and dry wall, in a room with moderate temperature, away from sources of moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects displays, supports, and storage for jewelry and watches, for both home and shop use. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the length that suits your wall and give your jewelry a real display space.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall-mounted jewelry holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e walnut wood, gold-colored metal pegs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLengths:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30, 40, 50, and 58 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 6, 7, or 9 depending on the length\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBar height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 cm, thickness 1.2 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e\n","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"58 cm, 9 pegs","offer_id":52364229607736,"sku":"14:10#Gold 58cm","price":53.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 cm, 7 pegs","offer_id":52364229640504,"sku":"14:175#Gold 50cm","price":46.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 cm, 6 pegs","offer_id":52364229673272,"sku":"14:193#Gold 40cm","price":38.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 cm, 4 legs","offer_id":52364229706040,"sku":"14:29#Gold 30cm","price":23.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Sc2c765b305164c4aa7b6641bc8843657U.webp?v=1778667013"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-boho-miroir-compartiments-modulables","title":"Travel Jewelry Box with Mirror, Black or Beige","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTravel jewelry box with mirror, black or beige with orange interior\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003ebeige\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a striking \u003cstrong\u003eorange\u003c\/strong\u003e interior. A \u003cstrong\u003emirror\u003c\/strong\u003e is set into the lid, a \u003cstrong\u003eremovable tray\u003c\/strong\u003e can be taken out to adapt the compartments, and a \u003cstrong\u003ezip\u003c\/strong\u003e closure keeps everything securely closed. On top, a raised feather pattern adorns the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe benefits of the black or beige travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: black or beige: the same model, to choose from, with an orange interior in both cases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e: the removable tray can be taken out or left in place depending on the collection you are taking with you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMirror in the lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: for a quick touch-up, with the box placed on a hotel table or dresser.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEngraved feather pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e: a discreet raised decoration on the lid, in a boho style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eZip closure\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lid closes around the entire zip in one motion and protects the jewelry during travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsing the boho travel jewelry box every day\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eboho jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e can be stored in a suitcase, a weekend bag, or a dressing room drawer. Jewelry travel box enthusiasts will find everything they need: space for rings, an elastic pocket, fasteners for small jewelry, and a mirror. Placed on a dresser, it also serves as discreet jewelry storage, and its square format makes it ideal as a gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the black or beige travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe black or beige color is chosen when ordering, while the orange interior remains the same. The exterior has a grained appearance and the shell is rigid, protecting the jewelry from impacts. The box closes with a zip and the mirror is fixed in the lid. The boho chic style is created by the earthy color palette and the raised feather pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompartments of the travel jewelry box with orange interior\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnder the lid, small fasteners hold earrings and lightweight pendants, while an elastic pocket keeps fine necklaces in place. The removable tray features compartments and a ring roll; once removed, it frees up the bottom of the box for larger bracelets. This modular organization allows you to carry a small collection or a single set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the boho travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the shell with a soft, slightly dry cloth and dust the interior with a soft brush. The mirror can be cleaned with a microfiber cloth. Avoid leaving the box in the sun behind glass, and close the zip without forcing it to prevent wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the black or beige travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors is this travel jewelry box available in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is available in black and beige. The interior is orange in both cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the tray removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the tray can be removed to adapt the compartments to what you are taking with you. This also allows you to store larger jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mirror built-in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA mirror is fixed in the lid, making it convenient for a quick touch-up. It remains protected when the box is closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can be stored in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRings, fine necklaces, bracelets, and earrings. Long necklaces should be folded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your boho travel jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach product page describes what you will receive, including its colors and actual compartments. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color, black or beige, and travel with your jewelry neatly arranged in an elegant travel jewelry box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Travel jewelry box with mirror\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black or beige, orange interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Zip\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable tray, elastic pocket, fasteners, ring roll, mirror\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecoration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raised feather pattern on the lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry stored:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rings, fine necklaces, bracelets, earrings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Travel, dresser, dressing room\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364231147832,"sku":"20134-2","price":44.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364231180600,"sku":"20134-1","price":44.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Bo_te_Bijoux_Pour_Offrir_RoyalCoffer_2_86e8ab77-36b1-40ac-a8ad-7b11458e518b.webp?v=1778165783"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-bois-massif-verre-coffret","title":"Solid Wood Jewelry Box with Hammered Glass Lid","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSolid wood jewelry box with hammered glass lid: a case that lets your jewelry peek through\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eglass jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e in dark solid wood combines a frame with a pronounced grain and a glass lid with a hammered effect, which lets light through while retaining an air of mystery. Inside, compartments lined with light gray fabric separate rings, earrings, bracelets, necklaces, and watches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammered glass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: an irregular texture that catches the light and creates a unique style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLined compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e in various sizes: a row of rolls for rings, sections for earrings and bracelets, and a large compartment for a necklace.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark solid wood frame\u003c\/strong\u003e with clean edges and visible grain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat format\u003c\/strong\u003e that fits on a dresser or in a wardrobe drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e that can also be displayed as a showcase to present a selection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA wood and glass jewelry box for the home or shop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a dressing table or dresser, this \u003cstrong\u003ewood and glass jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e serves as a decorative object as much as storage. In a designer's or jeweler's shop, it displays a few rings and earrings in an elegant case. Its flat format makes it easy to slide into a drawer or carry, making it an \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e to give as a gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the solid wood and glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRings are held between the rolls in a dedicated row. The small sections hold earrings, studs, and brooches; the larger sections hold bracelets, a watch, or a coiled necklace. The glass lid folds over the top and protects against dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the wood and hammered glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: dark \u003cstrong\u003esolid wood\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eglass\u003c\/strong\u003e lid with a hammered effect, light gray fabric lining. Storage: row of ring rolls and compartments in various sizes. Opens with a hinged lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the glass and solid wood\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the glass with a slightly damp microfiber cloth, then dry. Wipe the wood with a dry cloth and dust the lining with a soft brush. Handle the lid gently: it is made of glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lid made of glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is glass with a hammered effect, set in a solid wood frame. It lets you see the contents without revealing them in detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry can be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRings, earrings, bracelets, a watch, and one or two necklaces. It is the ideal size for a standard collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean a wood and glass jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse microfiber for the glass, a dry cloth for the wood, and a soft brush for the lining. Do not use household cleaning products on the wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good gift idea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its hammered lid makes it as much a decorative object as storage. It appeals to lovers of natural materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this case from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe like jewelry boxes that stand out while remaining practical. You benefit from \u003cstrong\u003ereturns within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your jewelry a wood and glass case that is as beautiful open as it is closed.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box with glass lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e dark solid wood, hammered glass, light gray fabric lining\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e row of ring rolls, compartments in various sizes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry:\u003c\/strong\u003e rings, earrings, bracelets, watches, necklaces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Dark solid wood, hammered glass","offer_id":52364234883384,"sku":"RC-BB-BMV-FOR-001","price":147.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Boite_a_Bijoux_en_Bois_massif_et_verre.webp?v=1778164806"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-bois-verre-velours-vert","title":"Textured Wood and Glass Jewelry Box, Green Velvet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWooden and textured glass jewelry box: a green velvet case with ring rolls\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewooden and glass jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a light wood frame, a textured glass lid with water-like reflections, and a moss-green \u003cstrong\u003evelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its ring rolls and small compartments hold rings, earrings, pearls, and fine chains. When closed, it allows the jewelry to be glimpsed through the glass; when open, it presents them like a display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this wooden and glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTextured glass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: rippled glass that plays with the light and protects against dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep green velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, rare in jewelry storage, which makes gold and pearls shine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e: several rows where each ring can be placed without touching the next.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompartmentalized jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a grid of small compartments for studs, hoop earrings, and charms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight wood frame\u003c\/strong\u003e with clean edges, mounted on hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA glass jewelry box for the dressing table or counter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a dressing table, chest of drawers, or dry bathroom shelf, this \u003cstrong\u003eglass jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e becomes a decorative object in its own right: the green velvet and rippled glass pair beautifully with plants, rattan, and light wood. In a jewelry store or on a designer's stand, it displays a small collection of rings and earrings behind glass. It is also an \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e to give as a gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials of the wooden, glass, and velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrame and box made of \u003cstrong\u003ewood\u003c\/strong\u003e in a light, warm shade. Glass lid made of \u003cstrong\u003etextured glass\u003c\/strong\u003e framed in wood. Interior fully lined with \u003cstrong\u003egreen velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, including the ring rolls. Opens with metal hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the green velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePart of the interior is occupied by \u003cstrong\u003ering rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e: rings and post earrings can be placed in them. The other part is divided into \u003cstrong\u003esmall square and rectangular compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e for hoop earrings, pearls, fine bracelets, and coiled chains. A longer compartment holds a necklace or a flat row of pearls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the glass, wood, and velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe glass is cleaned with a slightly damp microfiber cloth, then dried. The wood is wiped with a dry cloth. The green velvet is dusted with a soft brush, in the direction of the nap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this wooden and glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you see the jewelry through the lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, but in a softened way: the textured glass allows the jewelry to be glimpsed without exposing it clearly. The effect is decorative and discreet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry should be stored in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRings and post earrings in the ring rolls, hoop earrings, pearls, and fine chains in the compartments. A necklace can be laid flat in the long compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the green velvet rub off on the jewelry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the velvet serves as a lining and does not transfer its color under normal use. Keep the jewelry dry before storing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean a glass jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse a barely damp microfiber cloth on the glass, then a dry cloth. Do not wet the wood or the velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe select boxes and displays to store and showcase jewelry, both at home and in shop windows. Worldwide delivery, returns within 14 days, and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore your rings in a case of wood, glass, and green velvet.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box with glass lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e wood, textured glass, green velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring rolls, small compartments, long compartment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpening:\u003c\/strong\u003e hinged lid\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Light wood, green velvet","offer_id":52364234981688,"sku":"RC-BOITE-BOIS-VERRE","price":128.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Boite_a_Bijoux_en_Bois_et_verre_3.webp?v=1778164823"},{"product_id":"porte-bijoux-mural-metal-miroir-design-femme","title":"Wall-Mounted Jewelry Organizer with Hooks for Necklaces and Rings, 4 Colors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWall-mounted jewelry holder with hooks for necklaces, rings and bracelets: 4 colors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a small rounded plate with rows of hooks and pegs for hanging necklaces, rings and bracelets on the wall. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003epink, black, white and grey\u003c\/strong\u003e and takes up very little space: a \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps every piece visible, without tangles or having to rummage through a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this stylish wall-mounted jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry within sight\u003c\/strong\u003e: you can see the necklace or bracelet you are looking for at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTangle-free chains\u003c\/strong\u003e: each necklace hangs on its own hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeatly arranged rings\u003c\/strong\u003e: the top row holds rings and thin bands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiscreet size\u003c\/strong\u003e: it fits near a mirror, a door or in a corner of a dressing room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: pink, black, white or grey to match your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eA wall-mounted jewelry holder for the dressing room, bedroom or bathroom\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounted near the mirror or next to the wardrobe, this \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e means you do not have to open a jewelry box every morning. In a bedroom, it creates a small decorative \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted jewelry display\u003c\/strong\u003e; in a dressing room, it frees up drawers. \u003cstrong\u003eBathroom jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e enthusiasts can hang their chains on it just before going out, provided the wall is clean and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe layout of the wall-mounted jewelry holder with hooks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top row features four rounded pegs for \u003cstrong\u003erings\u003c\/strong\u003e and bands; below, a series of small aligned hooks holds \u003cstrong\u003enecklaces\u003c\/strong\u003e, fine chains and \u003cstrong\u003ebracelets\u003c\/strong\u003e. Hang only one piece of jewelry on each hook to prevent them from tangling. A bulky long necklace can be hung on two adjacent hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the wall-mounted jewelry holder in 4 colors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plate is \u003cstrong\u003erounded\u003c\/strong\u003e and comes in \u003cstrong\u003e4 colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: pink, black, white and grey. It features \u003cstrong\u003epegs for rings\u003c\/strong\u003e and a row of \u003cstrong\u003ehooks\u003c\/strong\u003e for necklaces and bracelets. The compact size is designed for a small section of wall. Choose the shade that blends into your decor or highlights it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and care of the wall-mounted jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a clean, flat and dry wall, degrease the surface and mount the holder at eye level. Load it with lightweight jewelry and distribute the weight evenly. For care, a soft, dry cloth is sufficient; avoid abrasive products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the wall-mounted jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry can be hung on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNecklaces, fine chains, bracelets and rings, thanks to the pegs and hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePink, black, white and grey, to choose from the Color menu on the product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to prevent necklaces from tangling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne necklace per hook, and very fine chains on separate hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to install it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOn a flat wall in the bedroom, dressing room or entryway, within easy reach, preferably near a mirror.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your wall-mounted jewelry holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers holders and organizers suited for everyday use. Your order benefits from the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity and a 14-day right of return. Choose your color and get your jewelry out of the drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall-mounted jewelry holder with hooks\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e pink, black, white, grey\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklaces, rings, bracelets\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring pegs and row of hooks\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall-mounted\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364235079992,"sku":"14:175#Pink","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364235112760,"sku":"14:10#Black","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52364235145528,"sku":"14:29#White","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":52364235178296,"sku":"14:193#Gray","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/PorteBijouxMuralDesign_2.webp?v=1778164837"},{"product_id":"porte-bijoux-mural-metal-design-colliers-bracelets","title":"Metal Wall-Mounted Jewelry Organizer with Necklace Shelf","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWall-mounted metal jewelry holder: a decorative shelf and hooks for your necklaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted metal jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e combines two uses: a \u003cstrong\u003eshelf\u003c\/strong\u003e on top for perfumes and decorative objects, and a \u003cstrong\u003erow of hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e underneath for hanging necklaces and chains. It mounts on the wall and frees up space on your dressing table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is available in \u003cstrong\u003ewhite\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e and fits into a dressing room, bedroom, or bathroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e: the top of the jewelry holder holds perfume bottles, boxes, and small vases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow of hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e: one necklace per hook, with chains hanging down without tangling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite or black metal\u003c\/strong\u003e: two understated colors that match most walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall-mounted\u003c\/strong\u003e: jewelry is within easy reach and takes up no space on furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSleek design\u003c\/strong\u003e: a thin, uniform line that blends discreetly against the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA wall-mounted jewelry holder for storing necklaces without tangling them\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNecklaces quickly become tangled in a drawer. On this \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e, each chain has its own hook: you can see everything you own at a glance and choose your necklace without untying knots. Pendants remain visible, which helps prevent them from getting scratched when stacked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWall-mounted jewelry holder for a dressing room, bedroom, or bathroom\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounted on a dressing room wall, this jewelry holder frees up space on the dresser. In a bedroom, it replaces a box placed on a bedside table. In an entryway or bathroom, the shelf holds a perfume or candle above the necklaces. White matches light-colored walls, while black provides contrast against a white or beige background.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the wall-mounted metal jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe holder is made of \u003cstrong\u003emetal\u003c\/strong\u003e and is available in white or black. It features a shelf with a scalloped edge on top and a row of hooks underneath. Perfume bottles, a jar, and a small vase can be placed on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization: necklaces underneath, decorations on top\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNecklaces are hung one by one, from shortest to longest. On the shelf, place lightweight objects: perfumes, small boxes, and vases. It is best to avoid heavy loads and distribute the weight along the entire length of the shelf, as with any wall-mounted support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMetal care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite or black metal should be wiped with a soft, dry cloth. Avoid abrasive products that may damage the finish, and dust the shelf regularly so that bottles do not leave marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the wall-mounted metal jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can be hung on this wall-mounted jewelry holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe hooks are designed for necklaces and chains. One necklace hangs from each hook, with the pendant visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan perfumes be placed on the shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the top shelf is designed to hold perfume bottles, small boxes, or a vase. It is recommended to use lightweight objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo metal colors: white and black. The color is selected when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the wall need to be drilled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is a wall-mounted jewelry holder: it is fixed to the wall using screws or wall plugs suitable for the type of wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere should it be installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOn the wall of a dressing room, bedroom, or bathroom, at a height that allows the necklaces to hang freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers storage and display solutions for all types of jewelry, from wall-mounted holders to countertop displays. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFree up your dressing table: mount this wall-mounted jewelry holder on the wall and hang your necklaces above a decorative shelf.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted jewelry holder with shelf\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Row of hooks for necklaces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in on top\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364235243832,"sku":"14:29","price":48.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364235276600,"sku":"14:193","price":48.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Porte-BijouxDesign_3.webp?v=1778164850"},{"product_id":"porte-bijoux-mural-metal-dore-grille-boucles","title":"Gold Metal Mesh Wall Jewelry Organizer with Chain and Hooks","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGold-tone metal mesh wall jewelry holder with chain and hooks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone metal wall jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a mesh frame that hangs on the wall by a gold chain. Earrings slide into the mesh, while necklaces, bracelets, and rings hang from the hooks lined up along the bottom of the frame: a compact \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e that replaces the cluttered surface of a dressing table. It is available in two formats: \u003cstrong\u003elandscape\u003c\/strong\u003e (horizontal) or \u003cstrong\u003eportrait\u003c\/strong\u003e (vertical).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this gold-tone mesh wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e: the metal mesh holds earring posts and ear hooks without damaging them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow of hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e: the bottom of the frame features a series of small hooks for necklaces, bracelets, and rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging chain\u003c\/strong\u003e: the frame attaches to a nail or screw, with no complicated installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo orientations\u003c\/strong\u003e: landscape for a wide wall, portrait for a narrow wall section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold-tone finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: a decorative touch that complements a gold-tone mirror or frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLandscape and portrait formats of the mesh jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003elandscape\u003c\/strong\u003e format offers a wider mesh and a longer row of hooks: it is suitable for large collections of earrings and necklaces. The \u003cstrong\u003eportrait\u003c\/strong\u003e format is taller and narrower: it fits beside a mirror, between two windows, or at the end of a piece of furniture. In both cases, the gold chain forms a triangle above the frame, following the style of a decorative frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganizing earrings, necklaces, and bracelets on the metal mesh\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarrings\u003c\/strong\u003e are displayed in pairs in the mesh, clearly visible from the front: you can spot the pair you want without rummaging. \u003cstrong\u003eNecklaces\u003c\/strong\u003e and long chains hang from the lower hooks, where they remain straight. Bracelets and rings also have a place on a hook. It is the same principle used in stores, applied at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to hang this gold-tone mesh jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the bedroom, it can be placed near the dressing table. In the dressing room, it replaces boxes that have to be opened one by one. In an entryway, it serves as a practical wall-mounted jewelry organizer before going out. In a store or on a display stand, it showcases the earrings from the collection in the window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the gold-tone metal jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the mesh with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e or a small brush. Avoid water and abrasive products on the gold-tone finish, and do not hang damp jewelry. For better support, do not overload the hooks with chains that are too heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the mesh wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the frame attached to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt hangs by its gold chain from a nail or screw, at a height of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between landscape and portrait?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLandscape is wider, with more hooks lined up; portrait is taller and narrower. Both have the same gold mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan screw-back or clip-on earrings be stored on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePost earrings slide directly into the mesh. Clip-on or screw-back earrings can also be placed in the mesh, depending on the thickness of the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo necklaces get tangled on the hooks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach hook holds one necklace: the chains hang separately, which limits tangling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for professional use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, this format also serves as a wall-mounted jewelry display in a store, on a stand, or in a workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers displays, supports, and storage for jewelry and watches, for both home and professional use. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the landscape or portrait format and free up your dressing table today.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall-mounted mesh jewelry holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold-tone metal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormats:\u003c\/strong\u003e landscape or portrait\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold chain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e mesh for earrings, hooks for necklaces and bracelets\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e\n","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Landscape","offer_id":52364235505976,"sku":"14:29#Horizontal","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Portrait","offer_id":52364235538744,"sku":"14:193#Vertical","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/PortantBijouxMural.webp?v=1778164856"},{"product_id":"porte-bijoux-mural-metal-dore-nuage-femme","title":"Gold-Tone Metal Cloud Wall Jewelry Organizer with Grate and Hooks","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGold-tone metal cloud wall jewelry holder with mesh and hooks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ecloud-shaped wall jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a gold-tone wire frame suspended by a chain, which stores earrings in its mesh and necklaces, bracelets, and rings on its row of hooks. Its rounded silhouette adds a poetic touch to a bedroom or dressing room wall, while offering an organized \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this cloud-shaped wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCloud shape\u003c\/strong\u003e: a soft and original outline that stands out from rectangular frames.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold-tone metal mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e: the fine mesh holds earrings in pairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow of hooks at the bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e: necklaces, bracelets, and rings hang separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension chain\u003c\/strong\u003e: it hangs from a nail or screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecoration and storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: the item remains pleasant to look at, even when lightly filled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eA cloud mesh for earrings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe body of the cloud is a \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone metal mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e whose fine openings hold earring posts. You can store many pairs without mixing them: everyday ones at the top, evening ones lower down. \u003cstrong\u003eDrop earrings\u003c\/strong\u003e, studs, and small hoops stand out clearly against the mesh background.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHooks for necklaces, bracelets, and rings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelow the cloud, a row of small \u003cstrong\u003egold hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e holds necklaces, fine chains, bracelets, and rings placed over the hook. Each piece hangs freely: chains no longer tangle, and the jewelry of the day is immediately visible. The \u003cstrong\u003ewall jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a great alternative to the bottom of a drawer or a box where everything gets jumbled together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to hang this gold cloud jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a bedroom, it decorates the wall near the bed or dressing table. In a dressing room, it can be placed near the mirror. In a child's room, the cloud shape makes for a soft decoration. In a shop, it showcases a collection of fashion earrings on a stand or in a display window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the gold-tone metal jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e is all you need to remove dust from the mesh. Avoid water, household products, and abrasive rubbing on the gold finish. Do not hang damp jewelry or overload the hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the cloud wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I attach this jewelry holder to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt hangs by its chain from a nail or screw fixed to the wall, at the height of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many earrings can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe mesh holds many pairs, depending on the size of the earrings; drop styles require a little more space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the hooks suitable for long necklaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the necklaces hang below the cloud; very long necklaces may touch the wall lower down, so leave some clear space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this model available in several colors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis item is offered in gold, with only one version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used in a shop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it also serves as a decorative wall jewelry display for a collection of fashion jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together displays, supports, and storage for jewelry and watches, for both home and professional use. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your jewelry a golden cloud and add a touch of softness to your wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e decorative wall jewelry holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e cloud\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold-tone metal mesh\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension:\u003c\/strong\u003e chain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e mesh for earrings, hooks for necklaces and bracelets\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e\n","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Golden","offer_id":52364235604280,"sku":"RC-NUAGE-OR-01","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/PorteBijouxFemme.webp?v=1778164864"},{"product_id":"porte-bijoux-mural-metal-papillon-support-fille","title":"Black, White or Gold Metal Butterfly Wall Jewelry Holder","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack, white or gold metal butterfly wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ebutterfly-shaped wall jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e is cut from a perforated metal plate and hangs on the wall by a cord. The wings, pierced with rows of small notches, hold earrings; below the body, a lower bar holds necklaces and chains. A romantic \u003cstrong\u003ewall jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e, available in \u003cstrong\u003eblack, white or gold\u003c\/strong\u003e, that is particularly popular in a girl's bedroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this butterfly wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eButterfly silhouette\u003c\/strong\u003e: openwork wings that decorate the wall as much as they store jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: black for contrast, white for softness, gold for warmth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRows of notches\u003c\/strong\u003e: earrings hang in pairs, clearly visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower bar\u003c\/strong\u003e: necklaces and chains hang freely, without tangling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging cord\u003c\/strong\u003e: attaches to a nail or screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eButterfly wings for storing earrings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two wings feature \u003cstrong\u003erows of notches\u003c\/strong\u003e on which earrings can be hung by the post or the hoop. Hoop earrings, drop earrings and studs can be arranged in pairs from top to bottom, allowing you to see your entire collection at a glance. The \u003cstrong\u003eopenwork design\u003c\/strong\u003e lets the wall show through the metal and lightens the overall look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe bottom bar for necklaces, chains and bracelets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelow the wings, the lower bar supports \u003cstrong\u003enecklaces\u003c\/strong\u003e and chains, which hang down their full length. A few \u003cstrong\u003ebracelets\u003c\/strong\u003e and pendants can also be hung there. By separating necklaces by type, you can find the right piece without undoing the others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to hang this butterfly jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a girl's or teenager's bedroom, it serves as both decoration and storage. In a dressing room, it can be placed near the mirror. In a costume jewelry store, the butterfly serves as an original wall jewelry display for a spring or romantic window display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the metal butterfly jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the plate with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. Avoid water and abrasive products on the colored finish, and do not hang wet jewelry. Distribute the necklaces along the bar to avoid weighing down one side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the butterfly wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe butterfly is available in black, white and gold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I hang it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt hangs by its cord from a nail or screw, at the height of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I store clip-on earrings on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePost or hoop earrings hang from the notches; clips can be attached according to their shape, but it is best to place them on the edge of the wings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for a girl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the butterfly design is appreciated by both young people and adults who like romantic decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the necklaces get tangled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe chains hang separately from the lower bar, which limits tangling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together displays, supports and storage for jewelry and watches, for both home and store use. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and let your jewelry take flight on the wall of your bedroom.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e decorative wall jewelry holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e butterfly\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e openwork metal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, white or gold\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension:\u003c\/strong\u003e cord\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e\n","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364235702584,"sku":"14:193#black","price":34.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52364235735352,"sku":"14:29#White","price":34.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Golden","offer_id":52364235768120,"sku":"14:350850#gold","price":34.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/PorteBijouxFille.webp?v=1778164865"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-coeur-rose-velours-fille-jeune","title":"Velvet Heart Jewelry Box for Girls 7 Colors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVelvet heart jewelry box for girls: a soft first jewelry case\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis heart-shaped \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box for girls\u003c\/strong\u003e, fully covered in velvet, stores a little girl's or teenager's first rings, small bracelets, and earrings. Its heart-shaped lid fits over the base, and the partitioned interior keeps each piece of jewelry in place. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003e7 colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: pink, teal, dark blue, blush pink, beige, green, and blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this velvet heart jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: the exterior and interior are covered in soft-touch velvet that won't scratch jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeart shape\u003c\/strong\u003e: a sweet silhouette that appeals to children and makes a lovely bedroom decoration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing roll\u003c\/strong\u003e: a row of slots holds rings upright and clearly visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e: one for bracelets, the other for brooches, hair clips, or earrings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry box gift\u003c\/strong\u003e: an idea for a birthday, Christmas, baptism, or communion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry box for girls' bedrooms and dressing tables\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlaced on a bedside table, desk, or child's bedroom shelf, this jewelry box for young girls helps them learn to store their treasures. It is also suitable as a jewelry box for teenagers or adults who love romantic items: place it on the dressing table to set down everyday rings before going to sleep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the velvet heart box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box consists of a \u003cstrong\u003erigid heart-shaped base\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003ematching lid\u003c\/strong\u003e that fits over it. The exterior and interior are covered in \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, in a solid color for each option. The lid simply lifts off: there is no hinge or clasp to handle, making it easy for a child to open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the velvet jewelry box for girls\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA partition divides the interior into three areas. Along the bottom edge, a \u003cstrong\u003ering roll\u003c\/strong\u003e holds several rings side by side. Above, two semi-heart compartments hold a child's bracelet or watch on one side, and a brooch, earrings, or small chain on the other. It is a small jewelry box designed for a growing collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the velvet of the heart box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a soft brush, following the grain, or with a dry microfiber cloth. Avoid water and household products. Store the box away from sunlight to preserve the vibrancy of its color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the heart jewelry box for girls\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAt what age should you give a jewelry box to a girl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAs soon as the child has their first pieces of jewelry, often around age 5 or 6. Its heart shape is still very popular with teenagers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should a child's jewelry box be stored?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRings go in the roll, and bracelets and brooches go in the two compartments. One piece per section helps prevent scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box close?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe heart-shaped lid fits over the base. It lifts off effortlessly, without a clasp or key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean a velvet jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse a soft brush or a dry microfiber cloth. Do not use water or any products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose Présentoirs à Bijoux for this heart box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects boxes, cases, and displays for storing the whole family's jewelry. You can enjoy 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose the future owner's favorite color and give them their first jewelry case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the velvet heart jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box for girls\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e heart\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e velvet on a rigid base\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring roll, two compartments\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e lid fits over base\u003cbr\u003eColors: pink, teal, dark blue, blush pink, beige, green, blue\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364235866424,"sku":"14:10#G118","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":52364235899192,"sku":"14:366#G116","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Blue","offer_id":52364235931960,"sku":"14:173#G119","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rosé","offer_id":52364235964728,"sku":"14:193#G86","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364235997496,"sku":"14:691#G96","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364236030264,"sku":"14:175#IS59","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52364236063032,"sku":"14:29#G80","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/BoiteaBijouxFille6ans.webp?v=1778164880"},{"product_id":"porte-bijoux-mural-metal-dore-lune-etoile","title":"Moon or Star Wall Jewelry Holder, Gold or Black Metal","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGold or black metal moon or star wall jewelry holder with mesh and hooks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003emoon or star-shaped wall jewelry holder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a metal mesh frame, suspended by a chain, that stores earrings in its mesh and necklaces on its hooks. Four versions to choose from: \u003cstrong\u003egold moon, black moon, gold star or black star\u003c\/strong\u003e. A bohemian-style \u003cstrong\u003ewall jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e that decorates a bedroom wall as much as it stores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this celestial wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo shapes\u003c\/strong\u003e: a crescent moon or a five-pointed star, for original wall decoration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: gold for a warm style, black for a more graphic look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMesh grid\u003c\/strong\u003e: earrings slide into the mesh and remain visible in pairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHooks at the bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e: necklaces, bracelets and rings hang separately, without tangling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension chain\u003c\/strong\u003e: it hangs on a nail or screw, with no installation required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGold moon, black moon, gold star or black star: which version to choose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003emoon\u003c\/strong\u003e curves into a crescent: its mesh follows the curve and its hooks follow the rounded bottom. The \u003cstrong\u003estar\u003c\/strong\u003e features five points around a mesh center, with hooks under the lower points. In \u003cstrong\u003egold\u003c\/strong\u003e, the frame matches a round mirror, brass frames or natural decor. In \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e, it stands out on a light wall and suits contemporary decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStore earrings, necklaces and bracelets in a moon or star-shaped frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarrings\u003c\/strong\u003e are stored in pairs in the mesh, lying flat, so you can immediately see the pair to wear. \u003cstrong\u003eNecklaces\u003c\/strong\u003e, fine chains and bracelets hang on the hooks at the bottom. This storage prevents the mess of a jewelry box where chains get tangled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to hang this metal wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a child's or teenager's bedroom, the moon or star shape also serves as decoration. In a dressing room or near a mirror, it keeps your current jewelry within sight. In a costume jewelry store, it serves as an original display for a celestial or bohemian-themed window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the moon or star jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the frame with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, without abrasive products on the finish. Do not place it in a very damp room and do not hang wet jewelry. Avoid overloading the hooks: several fine necklaces are better than one very heavy chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the moon and star wall jewelry holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat versions are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGold moon, black moon, gold star and black star.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to hang it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBy the suspension chain, on a nail or screw driven into the wall at the desired height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan rings be stored?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a ring can be placed on a hook or in a mesh loop, depending on its size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this jewelry holder suitable for a girl's bedroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the moon and star have a soft and decorative style that appeals to both young people and adults.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between gold and black?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly the finish changes: the frame, mesh and hooks are identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry holder from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together displays, holders and storage for jewelry and watches, for the home as well as the store. Returns are possible within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your shape and finish, then dress your wall with storage that has character.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e decorative wall jewelry holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal mesh\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShapes:\u003c\/strong\u003e moon or star\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold or black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension:\u003c\/strong\u003e chain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e\n","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Golden Moon","offer_id":52364236259640,"sku":"14:175#Golden Moon","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Moon","offer_id":52364236292408,"sku":"14:29#Black Moon","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Golden Star","offer_id":52364236325176,"sku":"14:173#Golden Star","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Star","offer_id":52364236357944,"sku":"14:10#Black Star","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Porte-BijouxOriginaux.webp?v=1778164883"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-metal-ancienne-coffret-laiton-rouge","title":"Antique Enameled Metal Jewelry Box with Heart and Roses","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVintage enameled metal jewelry box: the charm of a box from yesteryear\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evintage jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e captures the style of boxes from yesteryear: a small square enameled metal box, set on four golden feet, with a heart and two raised roses on the lid. The velvet-lined interior holds rings, earrings, and a pearl necklace. A \u003cstrong\u003evintage jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e in red, teal blue, or blush white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this vintage metal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised golden decoration\u003c\/strong\u003e: a central heart, roses, and scrolls on the lid and sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eColored enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e: a deep red, teal blue, or blush white background makes the golden raised details stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e that protects jewelry from scratches and impacts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved feet\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box is slightly raised, like a collector's box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged lid\u003c\/strong\u003e that opens with a gentle motion and remains attached to the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA small jewelry box for the dressing table and for gifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a romantic \u003cstrong\u003edressing table\u003c\/strong\u003e, bedside table, or shelf, it holds the jewelry you wear most often. It makes a meaningful \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box gift\u003c\/strong\u003e for Valentine's Day, an anniversary, or Mother's Day, thanks to its heart and roses. Vintage lovers will find the charm of an \u003cstrong\u003eantique jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e, without the traces of time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the enameled metal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare box in golden metal, with colored enameled sides, a hinged lid decorated with a raised heart and two roses. Four curved golden feet. Velvet-lined interior. Three colors: \u003cstrong\u003ered\u003c\/strong\u003e, teal \u003cstrong\u003eblue\u003c\/strong\u003e, and blush \u003cstrong\u003ewhite\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of this small metal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe interior space forms a single velvet-lined compartment. It holds a coiled pearl necklace, a few rings, a pair of earrings, or a brooch. It is a \u003cstrong\u003esmall jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e for a precious selection, rather than a large collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for enameled metal and velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the enamel and golden raised details with a soft, dry cloth. Do not use abrasive products or silver polish, as they will tarnish the gilding. Dust the velvet interior with a soft brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the vintage jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can be stored in this vintage jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA few rings, a pair of earrings, a delicate necklace, or a strand of pearls. It is suitable for a small selection of precious jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich color to choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRed is the most romantic, teal blue the most elegant, and blush white the softest. All three feature the same golden decoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the decoration raised?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the heart, roses, and scrolls stand out in relief on the lid and sides. They catch the light like an antique box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean an enameled metal jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft, dry cloth is enough, without any products. Avoid water on the hinges and velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects boxes and cases that showcase jewelry, from retro style to contemporary design. You benefit from \u003cstrong\u003ereturns within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and gift a box with the charm of yesteryear.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e small vintage jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e enameled golden metal, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecoration:\u003c\/strong\u003e raised heart and roses, curved feet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e red, blue, white\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":52364236423480,"sku":"14:29#Golden Red Square jewelry box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52364236456248,"sku":"14:173#Gold blue square jewelry box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52364236489016,"sku":"14:10#Gold and white square jewelry box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/BoiteaBijouxAncienneenLaiton_2.webp?v=1778164894"},{"product_id":"presentoir-bracelet-rouge","title":"Velvet Travel Jewelry Box for Bracelets","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVelvet jewelry travel case: dedicated storage for your bracelets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis velvet \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry travel case\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for a single purpose, and it does it well: carrying your bracelets without bending or tangling. Its elongated shape accommodates chain bracelets, bangles, cuff bracelets, and delicate bracelets in padded compartments, under a closed rigid shell equipped with a gold-tone metal handle. Available in green, blue, and beige, it is a bracelet case to slip into your luggage or keep on your dressing table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this jewelry travel case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBracelet-dedicated format\u003c\/strong\u003e: the elongated shape prevents pieces from bending or crossing over each other.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the soft lining preserves the shine of metals and limits scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid shell\u003c\/strong\u003e: it protects the contents from impacts during transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure closure\u003c\/strong\u003e: the bracelets stay in place, even when the box moves in a bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold handle\u003c\/strong\u003e: you can carry it by hand or store it in a suitcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA portable jewelry box for travel, trips, or home storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn weekends, vacations, or business trips, this \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry travel case\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps your bracelets together instead of letting them float around in a pouch. It is also suitable for a jeweler or designer presenting their collection at a trade show or to a client. At home, it serves as bracelet storage in a dresser drawer or on a closet shelf, with a color that blends in with the decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the velvet jewelry travel case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior and interior are covered in \u003cstrong\u003esoft velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e on a \u003cstrong\u003erigid shell\u003c\/strong\u003e that retains its shape. The bottom of the box consists of rows of elongated compartments, each intended for one bracelet, while the lid features a padded pocket for delicate pieces. A \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone metal handle\u003c\/strong\u003e makes transport easier. Three colors are available: \u003cstrong\u003egreen, blue, and beige\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganizing bracelets in the velvet storage box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bracelet slides flat into its compartment, which limits friction between metals and protects delicate chains from oxidation and tangling. Chain bracelets, bangles, and cuff bracelets find their place in the bottom rows; the lid pocket holds a small delicate bracelet or a detached clasp. Store fragile pieces last so they are not crushed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft brush\u003c\/strong\u003e following the grain, then wipe the shell with a soft, dry cloth. Avoid water and household products on the lining. Store the box closed, away from moisture, to keep the velvet soft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the jewelry travel case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bracelets can be put in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChain bracelets, bangles, cuff bracelets, and delicate bracelets. Each piece is stored flat in an elongated compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box protect jewelry during travel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rigid shell protects against impacts and the secure closure keeps the bracelets in place. The velvet prevents scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe box is available in \u003cstrong\u003egreen, blue, and beige\u003c\/strong\u003e. The color is selected on the product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a jewelry box for travel or for home?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth: portable thanks to its handle, it also serves as bracelet storage in a drawer or closet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together displays, boxes, cases, and storage for jewelry and watches, for home as well as for professionals. Returns are possible within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect your bracelets on every trip: choose your color.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry travel case for bracelets\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry accommodated:\u003c\/strong\u003e bracelets, chain bracelets, bangles, cuff bracelets\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e velvet, rigid shell\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e secure closure\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e green, blue, beige\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft brush and dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364236521784,"sku":"14:175#Green","price":118.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52364236554552,"sku":"14:193#Blue","price":118.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364236587320,"sku":"14:29#Beige","price":118.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/BraceletRangement.webp?v=1778164898"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-forme-coeur-voyage-cadeau","title":"Metallic Zippered Travel Heart Jewelry Box","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeart-shaped travel jewelry box: a zippered metallic case, lined with velvet, to take anywhere\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eheart-shaped jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds rings, delicate chains, and earrings in a small zippered case with a metallic finish. Its \u003cstrong\u003ewrist strap\u003c\/strong\u003e wraps around the wrist, and its gold zipper keeps it closed in a bag. Pink, gold, silver, or blue: it is the ultimate romantic jewelry box gift, for a proposal, Mother's Day, or a wedding anniversary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this small heart-shaped travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeart shape\u003c\/strong\u003e: a sweet item that stands out on a dressing table and touches the heart as soon as it is given.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold zipper\u003c\/strong\u003e: the zipper follows the contour of the heart and keeps jewelry in place during transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the soft lining protects jewelry from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical wrist strap\u003c\/strong\u003e: hold it in one hand or attach it to the wrist when moving from one place to another.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour metallic finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: pink, gold, silver, and blue, each with matching velvet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA portable jewelry box for weekends and special occasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn weekends, vacations, or for a wedding, this travel jewelry box holds the jewelry for the trip in a palm-sized format. At home, it sits on a bedside table or dressing table and keeps the everyday ring and favorite earrings close at hand. It is also a lovely case for presenting a ring during a proposal or tucking a piece of jewelry into a Valentine's Day gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMetallic finish and velvet: the heart's details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is covered in a shiny \u003cstrong\u003emetallic finish\u003c\/strong\u003e that withstands everyday bumps. The interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003esoft velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e in a shade matching each color. The \u003cstrong\u003egold zipper\u003c\/strong\u003e goes around the heart, and the wrist strap is made of the same material as the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInterior organization of the heart box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lid features a \u003cstrong\u003egathered pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e in velvet where you can tuck a delicate chain, a flexible bracelet, or a pair of drop earrings. The base features \u003cstrong\u003ering rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e that also hold stud earrings and pierced earrings, and an open compartment for hoop earrings or a bracelet. Every type of jewelry has its place, without getting tangled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for your heart-shaped jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the metallic finish with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, without abrasive products that would dull the shine. Dust the velvet with a soft brush. Keep the box away from direct sunlight and perfumes, which can mark the shiny finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the heart jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can be stored in this heart-shaped box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRings are stored in the rolls, delicate chains in the lid pocket, and hoop earrings in the compartment. It is suitable for a weekend's jewelry or everyday pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good gift idea for Valentine's Day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its heart shape makes it a romantic jewelry box gift. You can tuck a ring or a pair of earrings inside before giving it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box stay closed in a bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the zipper goes around the heart. The jewelry stays inside even if the box is turned upside down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean a metallic jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft, dry cloth is enough for the exterior. The velvet interior can be dusted with a soft brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your heart box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes, cases, and displays to store jewelry with care, at home or on the go. You benefit from 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose your color and give a gift that speaks of love.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the heart jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e travel jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e heart\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e metallic finish, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold zipper\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e gathered pocket, ring rolls, compartment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e pink, gold, silver, blue\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAccessory:\u003c\/strong\u003e wrist strap\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Metallic rose","offer_id":52364236718392,"sku":"14:175#Pink;5:200004763","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Golden","offer_id":52364236751160,"sku":"14:29#Gold;5:200004763","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":52364236783928,"sku":"14:691#silver;5:200004763","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Metallic blue","offer_id":52364236816696,"sku":"14:10#Blue;5:200004763","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Bo_te_Bijoux_Forme_Coeur_RoyalCoffer.webp?v=1778164901"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-rotatif-fille-original-ludique","title":"Cylindrical Rotating Gingham Check Jewelry Box","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGingham Check Rotating Jewelry Box: Rotating Tiers for Easy Viewing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cylindrical \u003cstrong\u003erotating jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e conceals several tiers that rotate over one another beneath its gingham check flap. Simply turn each tray to reach a ring, pair of earrings, or small necklace without knocking anything over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this original jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotating tiers\u003c\/strong\u003e: each level turns on the central axis and opens in a fan shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around flap\u003c\/strong\u003e: it goes around the tiers and closes with a gold snap button.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeaded cord\u003c\/strong\u003e: a cord handle finished with a large colored bead for carrying or hanging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow velvet lining\u003c\/strong\u003e: the jewelry rests on a soft, bright lining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGingham checks\u003c\/strong\u003e: a cheerful pattern in pink or blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA playful jewelry box for girls, perfect for a bedroom or as a gift\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its gingham pattern and rotating trays, this \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box for girls\u003c\/strong\u003e makes you want to tidy up. It looks great on a bedroom shelf or desk and serves as an \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e for teenagers and adults who love colorful items. For a birthday, it is a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box gift\u003c\/strong\u003e that will stand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the gingham cylindrical jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box is column-shaped. The exterior features a gingham check print, while the interior is lined with yellow velvet. The flap closes with a \u003cstrong\u003egold snap button\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the lid has a leather-colored cord finished with a bead. Two colors: \u003cstrong\u003epink\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a blue bead, and \u003cstrong\u003eblue\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a red bead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArrangement of the rotating jewelry box tiers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tiers are stacked around an axis. One tray with slots holds rings, while the others form round compartments for earrings, thin bracelets, and small necklaces. Rotate one tier to bring it out from the column, then fold it back to close. It is a \u003cstrong\u003ecompartmentalized jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e that takes up little floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the checkered jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a soft, dry cloth. Dust the velvet lining with a small brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the rotating jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do the tiers open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnsnap the button, open the flap, then rotate each tier on the central axis. They close by rotating them in the opposite direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a jewelry box for children?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIts gingham pattern and rotating tiers appeal to children and teenagers. It is also suitable for adults to store everyday jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan rings be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, one of the trays has slots for rings. The others hold earrings and thin bracelets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the bead on the lid for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt finishes the cord that serves as a handle. Hold the box by this cord or hang it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer jewelry storage solutions that are different from classic designs, described exactly as they are. You benefit from 14-day returns and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose pink or blue and spin your jewelry instead of searching for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e cylindrical rotating jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e gingham-print exterior, velvet lining\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e flap with snap button\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e several rotating tiers, including a ring tray\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e pink, blue\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364236915000,"sku":"14:10#Berry cream;5:872#16*8.5*0.4","price":69.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52364236947768,"sku":"14:29#Sea salt Cherry;5:872#16*8.5*0.4","price":69.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Bo_te_Bijoux_Originale_Fille_RoyalCoffer_2.webp?v=1778164907"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-collection-firenze-italienne","title":"Faux Leather Jewelry Box with Contrasting Piping and Gold-Tone Clasp","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFaux leather and velvet jewelry box: contrasting trim, gold clasp, eleven colors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e in faux leather lined with velvet stores necklaces, rings, and earrings in a compact case that closes with a \u003cstrong\u003egold clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its lid holds chains, while its base gathers rings and small pieces: everything is visible at a glance, whether on the dressing table or in a drawer. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003e11 colors\u003c\/strong\u003e, each accented with white or black trim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this women's jewelry box with contrasting trim\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompartmentalized jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: necklace hooks in the lid, a row of ring rolls, and compartments in the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the soft lining preserves the finish of gold, silver, and plated metals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid shell\u003c\/strong\u003e: the structure protects jewelry from impacts, both at home and in a bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e: a small metal latch keeps the lid securely closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry box gift\u003c\/strong\u003e: an elegant item to give that can then be displayed on a dresser.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA small jewelry box for the dressing table, wardrobe, or travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlaced on a dressing table, bedside table, or wardrobe shelf, this \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry storage box\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the dish where everything gets tangled. Its compact size also fits into a drawer or suitcase for a weekend trip. It is a \u003cstrong\u003ewomen's jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps everyday jewelry within easy reach: delicate chains, pendants, wedding rings, stud earrings, and hoop earrings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial and finishes of the leather jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is covered in \u003cstrong\u003esmooth faux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e, edged with double trim that outlines the lid and base. The interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003elight velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e. The clasp and hinges are gold-colored. The shades range from black to green, pink to sky blue, as well as red, caramel, and brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInterior organization of the velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the lid, a row of hooks holds necklaces and pendants flat: chains no longer tangle with each other. In the base, a \u003cstrong\u003erow of rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e holds rings upright and grips post earrings. Below, \u003cstrong\u003eopen compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e hold delicate bracelets, brooches, hoop earrings, and larger jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for your velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet lining with a soft brush or microfiber cloth. Wipe the faux leather with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, without abrasive products or solvents. Store your jewelry clean and dry and keep the box out of direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this faux leather jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to store a jewelry box to prevent tangling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHang each necklace on a hook in the lid and let the chain hang flat. Rings and earrings go in the rolls, and bracelets go in the compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to clean a velvet jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRun a soft brush or microfiber cloth over the velvet to remove dust. A dry cloth is enough for the faux leather exterior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEleven colors: green, pink, sky blue, black, and brown with white trim, as well as red, pink, black, green, caramel, and sky blue with black trim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good gift idea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a jewelry box is a popular gift idea for a birthday, Mother's Day, or Christmas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects boxes, cases, and displays designed to store and showcase jewelry. You benefit from 14-day returns and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose your color and give your jewelry a case that suits it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the jewelry box with gold clasp\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e faux leather, velvet interior lining\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold clasp\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage areas:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklace hooks, ring and earring rolls, compartments\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 to choose from, white or black trim\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft brush, dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Green, white piping","offer_id":52364237570360,"sku":"14:366#White border green","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red, black piping","offer_id":52364237603128,"sku":"14:1052#Black border red","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink, black trim","offer_id":52364237635896,"sku":"14:350852#Black border pink","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black, black piping","offer_id":52364237668664,"sku":"14:200003699#Black border  black","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green, black piping","offer_id":52364237701432,"sku":"14:29#Black border green","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Caramel, black trim","offer_id":52364237734200,"sku":"14:100018786#White edged brown","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sky blue, black piping","offer_id":52364237766968,"sku":"14:200002984#Black Blue","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink, white trim","offer_id":52364237799736,"sku":"14:193#White edged pink","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sky blue, white piping","offer_id":52364237832504,"sku":"14:175#White Blue","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown, white piping","offer_id":52364237865272,"sku":"14:10#White edged brown","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black, white piping","offer_id":52364237898040,"sku":"14:173#White border black","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Bo_te_Bijoux_Couleur_RoyalCoffer_2.webp?v=1778164931"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-atalia-velours-compacte-rangement","title":"Rectangular Zipped Velvet Travel Jewelry Box","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRectangular velvet travel jewelry box: zippered, compartmentalized, five colors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evelvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e stores rings, earrings, delicate necklaces and brooches in a rectangular zippered format. It slips into a handbag or suitcase, sits on a bedside table, and makes an elegant \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry gift box\u003c\/strong\u003e in five colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this velvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold-tone zipper\u003c\/strong\u003e on three sides: the box stays closed in your bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e across the full width, for sliding rings in one by one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour small compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e and a larger compartment for earrings, brooches and delicate bracelets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGathered pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e in the lid, with a snap tab, for chains and pendants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive velvet colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: emerald green, light green, pink, beige or royal blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA travel jewelry organizer that looks lovely at home\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a weekend trip, this \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps all the jewelry from your suitcase in one box, each item in its place. At home, it finds a place on a dressing table, in a drawer or on a wardrobe shelf, where its colorful velvet doubles as decoration. A teenager, a friend who travels often or a bride-to-be will appreciate this useful \u003cstrong\u003egift\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the compact velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOn the left\u003c\/strong\u003e, velvet rolls hold \u003cstrong\u003erings\u003c\/strong\u003e and stud earrings. \u003cstrong\u003eIn the center\u003c\/strong\u003e, four small compartments hold stud earrings, hoop earrings and brooches. \u003cstrong\u003eOn the right\u003c\/strong\u003e, a deeper compartment holds a delicate bracelet or lightweight watch. \u003cstrong\u003eIn the lid\u003c\/strong\u003e, the gathered pocket keeps \u003cstrong\u003edelicate chains\u003c\/strong\u003e flat, and the snap tab holds a necklace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the velvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRectangular format with rounded corners, rigid shell covered in velvet, matching velvet interior. Gold-tone slider zipper. Storage: ring rolls, four compartments, one compartment, lid pocket with snap tab. Five colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVelvet care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a soft brush, in the direction of the nap, or with a lint roller. Dab a light stain with a barely damp cloth, then leave the box open to dry. Store clean and dry jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry can be stored in this small travel jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRings and earrings in the rolls, studs and brooches in the compartments, delicate chains in the lid pocket. It is suitable for jewelry for a week-long trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box close securely in a bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the zipper goes around the box. Nothing will fall out during your journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo necklaces get tangled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe gathered pocket in the lid keeps them flat and the snap tab holds one. Close the clasp of each chain before storing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the two greens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe green is a deep emerald green, while the light green is a brighter anise green. The interior matches each shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good idea for a jewelry gift box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its colorful velvet and compact format make it a much-appreciated gift. The five shades allow you to match it to anyone's taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux only sells jewelry and watch storage and displays, described as they are. You have 14 days to change your mind and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. See also our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/boite-a-bijoux\"\u003ejewelry boxes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your color and set off with your jewelry neatly stored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e travel jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e velvet over rigid shell\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e zipper\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring rolls, 4 compartments, 1 compartment, lid pocket\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e green, light green, pink, beige, blue\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364237996344,"sku":"14:193#Green","price":74.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green","offer_id":52364238029112,"sku":"14:29#Light Green","price":74.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364238061880,"sku":"14:691#Pink","price":74.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364238094648,"sku":"14:10#Light Coffee","price":74.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52364238127416,"sku":"14:175#Blue","price":74.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Bo_te_Bijoux_pour_cadeau2.webp?v=1778164943"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-glamour-velours-voyage-fermeture-zipee","title":"Velvet Zippered Travel Jewelry Box with Removable Tray","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVelvet zippered travel jewelry box: a removable tray and a grid of compartments\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evelvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e closes with a \u003cstrong\u003egold zipper\u003c\/strong\u003e and conceals two levels: a removable tray with ring rolls, then a grid of small compartments. Necklaces, rings, earrings, bracelets, and watches travel without touching each other. Three deep colors: \u003cstrong\u003egreen\u003c\/strong\u003e, burgundy \u003cstrong\u003ered\u003c\/strong\u003e, or \u003cstrong\u003ebeige\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this velvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: soft, shiny velvet on the outside and inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable tray\u003c\/strong\u003e: lift it to access the compartments below, or set it aside on your dressing table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNecklace tabs\u003c\/strong\u003e: six tabs in the lid hold chains in place, while a pocket keeps them from tangling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMini earring case\u003c\/strong\u003e: a small removable piece holds stud earrings and rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry box gift\u003c\/strong\u003e: a refined case for a birthday, Christmas, or honeymoon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA glamorous jewelry box for travel and evenings out\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTucked into a suitcase or weekend bag, this travel jewelry box keeps your jewelry safe during a stay, wedding, or business trip. At home, it sits on a dressing table or dresser and becomes a decorative velvet jewelry box. Its forest green, burgundy, and beige colors add an elegant touch to the bedroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the zippered velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior and interior are made of \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, over a rigid shell that protects against impacts. The gold \u003cstrong\u003ezipper\u003c\/strong\u003e runs around the box. The interior features \u003cstrong\u003etwo levels\u003c\/strong\u003e: a removable tray and a compartment base. The lid includes necklace tabs and a pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInterior organization of the velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the lid, six tabs hold necklaces and delicate bracelets, while the pocket underneath keeps chains flat. The removable tray features ring rolls and a compartment for a watch or bracelet. Below it, the base is divided into \u003cstrong\u003esmall compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e for earrings, brooches, and cocktail rings. The oval mini case can be removed for an evening out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the velvet of the travel box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrush the velvet in the direction of the nap with a soft brush, or wipe it with a dry microfiber cloth. Avoid water and perfume on the fabric. Close the zipper without forcing it into the corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the velvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the inner tray removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it lifts to reveal the compartments in the base. It can also be set aside on its own as a small jewelry tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to prevent necklaces from tangling while traveling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSecure each necklace to a tab in the lid and slide the chain into the pocket. It will stay taut and separate from the others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to clean a velvet jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft brush or dry microfiber cloth is all you need. Do not use water on the velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich color should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGreen and burgundy highlight gold, while beige suits silver and pearls. The interior matches the color of the exterior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose Présentoirs à Bijoux for your velvet box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes, cases, and displays for storing and presenting jewelry. Enjoy 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose your shade and travel with your finest jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the velvet travel box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e travel jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e velvet over a rigid shell\u003cbr\u003eStorage: removable tray, compartment grid, necklace tabs, mini case\u003cbr\u003eClosure: gold zipper\u003cbr\u003eColors: green, red, beige\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364238160184,"sku":"14:29#Green","price":128.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":52364238192952,"sku":"14:175#Wine","price":128.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364238225720,"sku":"14:193#Light coffee","price":128.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Bo_te_Bijoux_-_Glamour_RoyalCoffer.webp?v=1778164952"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-vintage-velours-decor-floral-ancienne","title":"Vintage Gold-Tone Metal Jewelry Box with Rose Decor","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVintage jewelry box with rose design: a vintage-inspired box lined with black velvet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evintage jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e is reminiscent of grandmother's jewelry boxes: a pearlescent white body painted with red roses, gold ornaments, and four curved legs. It opens to reveal a \u003cstrong\u003eblack velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e that holds rings, earrings, pendants, and chains. A beautiful piece for a romantic dressing table or a memorable gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this vintage jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePainted rose design\u003c\/strong\u003e: red roses and their foliage run all around the box and across the lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold ornaments\u003c\/strong\u003e: a medallion, scrolls, and a gold bow highlight the domed lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved gold legs\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box rests on four legs that elevate it, like a miniature piece of furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e: the velvet lining of the lid and base protects the jewelry and makes it stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry box gift\u003c\/strong\u003e: a decorative box that remains on display once given as a gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA vintage jewelry box for the dressing table and bedroom\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlaced on a dressing table, chest of drawers, or bedside table, this \u003cstrong\u003evintage jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a romantic touch to the bedroom. Its style is reminiscent of items found at \u003cstrong\u003eantique fairs\u003c\/strong\u003e, without the traces of time. This \u003cstrong\u003ewomen's jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e is appreciated for Mother's Day, a birthday, or Christmas, and pairs well with shabby chic, country, or classic decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials of the vintage jewelry box in velvet and gold-tone metal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe body is painted in pearlescent white and decorated with red roses; the ornaments, hinge, and legs are made of \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone metal\u003c\/strong\u003e. The interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003eblack velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, in the base as well as under the lid, with a scalloped edge that follows the box's curved shape. The hinged lid folds over the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the vintage velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe interior forms a \u003cstrong\u003esingle compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e in velvet, with a soft bottom. Rings, earrings, a pendant, or a delicate bracelet can be placed inside; a chain can curl into a corner. To separate rings and earrings, place them in a small velvet pouch before storing them. The size is suitable for jewelry worn often rather than an entire collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for your rose-design jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a soft brush. Wipe the painted exterior and gold ornaments with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, without water or abrasive products that would dull the design. Open the lid by holding it by the edge, without forcing the hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the vintage jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry can be stored in this vintage box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt holds rings, earrings, pendants, chains, and delicate bracelets. Its velvet compartment is suitable for everyday jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a genuine antique box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it is a new box with a vintage design. It features the design and shape of jewelry boxes from days gone by.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean a velvet jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft brush is sufficient for the velvet. The exterior can be wiped with a dry cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good gift idea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, this decorative box appeals to lovers of retro style. It can be kept on a dressing table for a long time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this vintage box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects boxes and jewelry cases that store jewelry with character. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Give your jewelry a case inspired by days gone by.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the vintage jewelry box with rose design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e vintage jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e pearlescent white painted body, gold-tone metal ornaments and legs, black velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e red roses on a pearlescent white background\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e hinged lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 compartment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White with red roses","offer_id":52364238324024,"sku":"RC-VINTAGE-01","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Bo_te_Bijoux_Vintage_Ancienne_3.webp?v=1778164953"},{"product_id":"mallette-bijoux-cuir-voyage-20-pochettes-portable","title":"Zipped Travel Jewelry Case Faux Leather Green Black Brown","description":"\u003ch2\u003eZippered Faux Leather Jewelry Travel Case: Rings and Earrings Neatly Organized\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003efaux leather jewelry travel case\u003c\/strong\u003e closes with a gold-tone zipper and opens like a box: an earring panel in the lid, cream-colored ring rolls in the base, and flat pouches for small items. It is available in green, black, or brown, with a cream interior that showcases the jewelry. Compact, it fits into a suitcase, weekend bag, or dressing table drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this jewelry travel case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e green, black, or brown, with a cream interior that complements all jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing rolls:\u003c\/strong\u003e rings stand upright in their rolls without rubbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarring panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e earrings and studs attach in pairs to the lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold-tone zipper:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the case closed during travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat pouches:\u003c\/strong\u003e hold fine chains or small jewelry that need to be protected separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJewelry case for travel, weekends, and trips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA zippered jewelry case can be placed in a suitcase, deep handbag, or toiletry bag. For a weekend, business trip, or trade show, it keeps all jewelry together during the trip and prevents chains from tangling. At home, it serves as a compact jewelry box for a dresser or bedside table drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganizing rings and earrings in the case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base of the case contains cream-colored fabric rolls into which rings are placed one by one. The lid features a padded panel where earrings, studs, and pearls can be attached. The flat pouches are stored next to or under the panel for items that need to be kept separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial and finish of the faux leather case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is made of smooth-grained faux leather in green, black, or brown, and the interior is lined with cream fabric. The zipper and pull tab are gold-tone. After use, wipe the exterior with a soft cloth and leave the case open for a few minutes if it has become damp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the jewelry travel case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can be stored in this case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMainly rings and earrings, as well as fine jewelry in the flat pouches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the case close securely?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a gold-tone zipper runs around the lid, keeping the jewelry in place during travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGreen, black, and brown: choose from the options listed under Color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the sample jewelry items included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, only the case and its pouches are supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your jewelry case from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes, cases, displays, and storage for jewelry and watches. Returns are accepted within 14 days, and the product is covered by a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and travel with your rings and earrings neatly organized.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the jewelry travel case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jewelry travel case\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Faux leather, cream fabric interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, black, brown\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gold-tone zipper\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring rolls, earring panel, flat pouches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Case only, without jewelry\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364238389560,"sku":"14:175#Green","price":98.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364238422328,"sku":"14:29#Black","price":98.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":52364238455096,"sku":"14:193#Brown","price":98.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Pochettes_Pour_Bijoux_RoyalCoffer.webp?v=1778164956"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-femme-luxe-cuir-compartiments-securisee","title":"Luxury Faux Leather Jewelry Box with Mirror and Handle","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLuxury faux leather jewelry box: mirror, lift-top tray and handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eluxury faux leather jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e takes the shape of a travel vanity case: a handle on top, a \u003cstrong\u003emirror\u003c\/strong\u003e in the lid and a \u003cstrong\u003elift-top tray\u003c\/strong\u003e that opens outwards to reveal a large compartment. Necklaces, rings, bracelets and earrings are carefully stored inside. Three colors: \u003cstrong\u003ewhite\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ebeige\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003ebrown\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe highlights of this luxury women's jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry box with mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e: a mirror built into the lid to try on a pair of earrings without getting up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCantilevered tray\u003c\/strong\u003e: the top tray lifts up on golden arms at the same time as the lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarrying handle\u003c\/strong\u003e: move the box from the bedroom to the bathroom, or take it on a trip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: a soft lining, contrasting depending on the color, which protects the jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-end jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: grained faux leather, topstitching and golden clasp for a leather goods look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAn elegant jewelry box for the dressing table and travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a dressing table or chest of drawers, this luxury jewelry box serves as a presentation case. Thanks to its handle, it also follows its owner on weekends or holidays, with all her jewelry. It is a highly appreciated gift jewelry box for a birthday, Christmas or Mother's Day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the faux leather jewelry box with mirror\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is finished in \u003cstrong\u003egrained faux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e with topstitching, the interior in \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e. The lid features a \u003cstrong\u003erectangular mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e. The box closes with a \u003cstrong\u003egolden clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e on the front and is carried by a matching handle. The top tray rests on golden hinged arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the luxury two-tier jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lift-top tray features compartments for rings, slots for earrings and a small removable case, convenient to slide out alone in a bag. Under the tray, the large bottom compartment holds ring or watch pads and the free space holds necklaces, bracelets and bulky jewelry. The lid mirror completes this comprehensive jewelry organizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the faux leather jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a soft, dry cloth. Clean the mirror with a microfiber cloth. Dust the velvet interior with a soft brush, and avoid heat such as direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the luxury jewelry box with mirror\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this jewelry box have a mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a mirror is built into the lid. It remains visible as soon as the box is opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the top tray open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is fixed on hinged arms: when opening the lid, it lifts up and moves forward. The bottom compartment becomes accessible without removing anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be taken on a trip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the handle and clasp allow it to be carried closed. For a long journey, place it in a carry-on bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich color to choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhite and beige provide a light touch, brown a more classic style. Each color has its contrasting interior lining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this mirror box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes, cases and displays to store and showcase jewelry. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Give your jewelry a case worthy of its value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical sheet of the luxury faux leather jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e luxury jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e faux leather, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e mirror, lift-top tray, removable case, handle\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e golden clasp\u003cbr\u003eColors: white, beige, brown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364238520632,"sku":"https:\/\/frilewa.de\/products\/schmuck-und-uhrenkoffer-ascot?pr_prod_strat=jac\u0026pr_rec_id=ef4c202ac\u0026pr_rec_pid=5476119445668\u0026pr_ref_pid=8666206994699\u0026pr_seq=uniform\u0026variant=35319569744036","price":89.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364238553400,"sku":"https:\/\/frilewa.de\/products\/schmuck-und-uhrenkoffer-ascot?pr_prod_strat=jac\u0026pr_rec_id=ef4c202ac\u0026pr_rec_pid=5476119445668\u0026pr_ref_pid=8666206994699\u0026pr_seq=uniform\u0026variant=35319569776804","price":89.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":52364238586168,"sku":"https:\/\/frilewa.de\/products\/schmuck-und-uhrenkoffer-ascot?pr_prod_strat=jac\u0026pr_rec_id=ef4c202ac\u0026pr_rec_pid=5476119445668\u0026pr_ref_pid=8666206994699\u0026pr_seq=uniform\u0026variant=35319569809572","price":89.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Coffret_Bijoux_Femme_Luxe_RoyalCoffer_2.webp?v=1778164960"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-cuir-voyage-compacte-noir-beige","title":"Square Leather Travel Jewelry Box with Mirror","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSquare leather travel jewelry box: mirror, necklace hooks and zipper\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis square \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e, in black or beige leather embossed with feathers, opens to reveal a bright orange velvet interior. It features a mirror, necklace hooks with an elastic pocket, ring slots and earring compartments. A zipper runs around the box so that nothing moves in your suitcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHighlights of this small jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e for trying on earrings at the hotel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree necklace hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e above a gathered pocket that holds chains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing slots\u003c\/strong\u003e and partitioned compartments for studs, hoop earrings and fine bracelets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eZipper\u003c\/strong\u003e around the entire perimeter, more secure than a simple magnet when traveling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeather pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e embossed on the lid, black on black or beige on beige.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA travel jewelry box for your suitcase and handbag\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare and flat: this \u003cstrong\u003esmall travel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e stores flat in a carry-on suitcase, weekend bag or large handbag. It holds everyday and evening jewelry without tangling chains. Its embossed leather also makes it a lovely \u003cstrong\u003egift\u003c\/strong\u003e for a traveler, in black or beige.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the square jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn one side, the mirror occupies the lid. On the other, three necklace hooks overlook an elastic pocket where pendants and chains can be placed. A velvet flap lifts to provide access to the bottom, where a row of slots holds rings upright and compartments separate earrings, hoop earrings and fine bracelets. Each type of jewelry has its place, helping to prevent scratches and knots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials of this leather and velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is made of smooth, top-stitched \u003cstrong\u003eleather\u003c\/strong\u003e, embossed with a feather pattern on top. The interior is fully lined with \u003cstrong\u003eorange velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, a color that makes gold and silver stand out. The metal zipper runs around the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the leather with a soft, dry cloth. Dust the velvet with a soft brush and clean the mirror with a dry microfiber cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the square travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this jewelry box have a mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a square mirror is fixed in the lid. It is protected when the box is closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many necklaces can be stored?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree necklaces can hang from the hooks, while other fine chains can be placed in the elastic pocket. Each necklace should be kept with its clasp closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the box close?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith a zipper that runs all the way around. Nothing escapes, even if the box is turned upside down in your bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it differ from the round box in the same range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe square box is flatter and stores flat in a suitcase. It features necklace hooks and ring slots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy your jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects practical jewelry boxes and displays for both home and travel. You can return your order within 14 days and benefit from the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose black or beige and carry your jewelry in a square box that really stays closed.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Square travel jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leather, orange velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Zipper\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mirror, necklace hooks, ring slots, compartments\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, beige\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364238684472,"sku":"20134-2","price":44.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364238717240,"sku":"20134-1","price":44.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Bo_te_Bijoux_Pour_Offrir_RoyalCoffer_2.webp?v=1778164970"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-bois-blanche-miroir-grand-rangement-colliers","title":"White Jewelry Cabinet on Stand with Full-Length Mirror","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWhite jewelry cabinet on legs with full-length mirror\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewhite jewelry cabinet on legs\u003c\/strong\u003e also serves as a \u003cstrong\u003efull-length mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e: the mirrored door on the front opens to reveal an interior storage space fitted with \u003cstrong\u003enecklace hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eearring\u003c\/strong\u003e holders, small shelves, and a bracelet bar. The black backing makes every piece of jewelry stand out, and the whole piece can be placed in a corner of a bedroom or dressing room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the white jewelry cabinet on legs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-length mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e: a large mirror on the front, allowing you to see yourself from head to toe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet on legs\u003c\/strong\u003e: it stands on two legs and is placed on the floor, without requiring a piece of furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNecklace hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e: rows of hooks for hanging chains without tangling them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarring holders\u003c\/strong\u003e: perforated bars for pairs and hoop earrings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterior shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e: small shelves for rings, perfumes, and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to place this jewelry cabinet on legs with a full-length mirror\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFans of \u003cstrong\u003emirrors and jewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003e will find two pieces of furniture in one: a \u003cstrong\u003efull-length mirror with jewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003e that can be placed in a bedroom, dressing room, or entryway. Its white finish complements Scandinavian or minimalist décor. When closed, it is a simple mirror; when open, it is a jewelry cabinet where everything is visible at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the white jewelry cabinet on legs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe structure is made of \u003cstrong\u003ewhite wood\u003c\/strong\u003e and mounted on \u003cstrong\u003etwo legs\u003c\/strong\u003e to stand on the floor. The large mirror covers the entire door, and the interior is fitted with a black backing. It features hooks, earring holders, shelves, and a bracelet bar. The hinges are discreet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the white jewelry cabinet on legs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNecklaces are hung on the rows of hooks on the door, separated from one another. Earrings are hung on the perforated bars at the top, and bracelets are placed on the provided bar. The small shelves hold rings, perfumes, creams, or makeup accessories. Nothing is hidden: by opening the door, the entire collection can be seen at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the white jewelry cabinet on legs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust the white wood with a soft, dry cloth. The large mirror can be cleaned with a microfiber cloth and a little glass cleaner, taking care not to let the product run into the grooves. Brush the black backing inside with a soft brush. Leave a little space behind the cabinet so that the door can open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the white jewelry cabinet on legs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a real full-length mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the large mirror on the door allows you to see yourself from head to toe. It conceals the storage space when the cabinet is closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can be stored inside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNecklaces, earrings, bracelets, and rings, as well as small bottles or accessories on the shelves. Each category has its own space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the cabinet stand on the floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it stands on two legs and can be placed in a corner of a bedroom or dressing room. Just leave enough space to open the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to store long necklaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOn the hooks on the door, they hang without touching each other. This prevents the links from tangling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your white jewelry cabinet on legs from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe describe the storage exactly as it is, from the mirror to the interior shelves. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies to your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlace this white jewelry cabinet with a full-length mirror in your bedroom and gain space and clarity.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jewelry cabinet on legs with full-length mirror\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood, mounted on two legs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMirror:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large mirror on the front\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black backing, necklace hooks, earring holders, shelves, bracelet bar\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrganized jewelry:\u003c\/strong\u003e Necklaces, earrings, bracelets, rings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bedroom, dressing room, entryway\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364238782776,"sku":"ARM-BJ-BLANCHE-ECO","price":168.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Armoire_Bijoux_Pas_Cher_RoyalCoffer_2.webp?v=1778164977"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-sur-pied-bois-miroir-led-vitrine","title":"White or Brown Rotating Jewelry Cabinet on Stand, LED","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRotating Jewelry Cabinet on Stand in White or Rustic Brown, with Mirror and LED\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis rotating \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry cabinet on stand\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in \u003cstrong\u003ewhite\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003erustic brown\u003c\/strong\u003e wood effect. On one side, it features a full-length mirror, while opening the door reveals a complete storage area illuminated by LEDs: necklaces, rings, earrings, bracelets, and cosmetics all have their place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe round base allows it to be rotated in a corner of a bedroom or dressing room. The open back of the cabinet forms a shelf for handbags and shoes. It is a storage unit and a full-height mirror in a single piece of furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe benefits of this jewelry cabinet on stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: glossy white or rustic brown wood effect: the cabinet matches light or warmer interiors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotating base\u003c\/strong\u003e: the round disc beneath the cabinet allows it to be turned to access the mirror, storage, or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-height mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e: it covers the entire door, from the base to the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e: a strip at the top of the cabinet illuminates the jewelry when the door is open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey lock\u003c\/strong\u003e: the door locks to protect jewelry and cosmetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen shelves at the back\u003c\/strong\u003e: they hold bags, scarves, or shoes, in the same place as the jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to place this rotating jewelry cabinet on stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a corner of a bedroom, the jewelry cabinet on stand replaces the full-length mirror and jewelry box. In a dressing room, it stores jewelry in the same place as clothes and can be turned toward the light. In a fitting room or jewelry store, it serves as a mobile display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the jewelry cabinet on stand: necklaces, rings, bracelets, and cosmetics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn the back of the door, rows of slots hold earrings and fine jewelry, with round pegs for bracelets. The body of the cabinet features a large black panel with ring holders, rows of hooks for necklaces, shelves for perfumes, nail polish, and brushes, and small drawers at the bottom. A small fabric storage compartment completes the set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhite wood or brown wood effect, mirror, and black back: maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the wood with a soft, dry cloth, without abrasive products or wax. Clean the mirror with microfiber. Dust the black back with a soft brush. Turn off the lighting before cleaning the interior and avoid water splashes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the jewelry cabinet on stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors is this jewelry cabinet on stand available in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhite and rustic brown wood effect. Choose from the \"Color\" option on the product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the jewelry cabinet rotate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it sits on a round rotating base: turn it to switch between the mirror, storage, and the back shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have LED lighting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, an LED strip is integrated at the top of the interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a key lock secures the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can be stored at the back?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe back forms an open two-level shelf where you can place a handbag, shoes, or scarves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry cabinet on stand from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe specialize in jewelry and watch storage: each cabinet is described with its colors, lighting, and interior organization. Returns within 14 days and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose white or rustic brown and install a rotating jewelry cabinet on stand with a mirror and LED.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the jewelry cabinet on stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rotating jewelry cabinet on stand with mirror\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry stored:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklaces, rings, bracelets, earrings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e glossy white wood or rustic brown wood effect, mirror, black back\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e white, rustic brown\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated LED strip\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMirror:\u003c\/strong\u003e full-height\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRotation:\u003c\/strong\u003e round rotating base\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e key lock\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e hooks, grids, shelves, drawers, open shelves at the back\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft cloth, microfiber for the mirror\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364238815544,"sku":"14:200002130#Blanc;200007763:201336342","price":247.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":52364238848312,"sku":"14:365458#Marron Rustique;200007763:201336342","price":247.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Armoire_Bijoux_Sur_Pied_RoyalCoffer.webp?v=1778164982"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-murale-bois-velours-miroir-effet-naturel","title":"Wall-Mounted Jewelry Cabinet with Distressed Wood Finish and Mirror","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWall-Mounted Jewelry Cabinet with Distressed Wood Effect: Front Mirror and Velvet Interior\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted jewelry cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e with a distressed wood-effect frame resembles a large framed mirror: the storage space, lined with black velvet, is revealed when the door is opened. Necklaces, rings, bracelets, and earrings can be neatly arranged without cluttering the dressing table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003efront mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e complements Scandinavian, bohemian, or rustic décor. It can be hung on a bedroom, dressing room, or entryway wall, leaving the dresser free for other items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features of This Wall-Mounted Jewelry Cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistressed wood-effect frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: the grain and brown tones give the wall a warm style reminiscent of antique wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e: a rectangular mirror serves as a wall mirror for getting ready.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: it protects jewelry from scratches and makes gold or silver pieces stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNecklace hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e: rows of hooks hold chains vertically without tangling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing grid and earring holder\u003c\/strong\u003e: rows of slots on the door hold earrings and delicate jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterior shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e: it holds nail polish bottles, small cases, or watches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to Hang This Distressed Wood-Effect Wall-Mounted Jewelry Cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a bohemian or Scandinavian bedroom, the cabinet serves as a distinctive mirror above a dresser or bench. In a dressing room, it keeps jewelry stored in the same place as clothes. In an \u003cstrong\u003eentryway\u003c\/strong\u003e, it acts as a full-length mirror while concealing everyday jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the Wall-Mounted Jewelry Cabinet: Necklaces, Rings, and Shelf\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe back of the door features a three-row \u003cstrong\u003eearring grid\u003c\/strong\u003e and a hook rail for medium-length necklaces. Inside the cabinet, a row of \u003cstrong\u003elong necklace hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e occupies the top, a \u003cstrong\u003ering\u003c\/strong\u003e section with slots is located in the middle on the right side, and a shelf holds small bottles and cases. The solid black velvet backing makes jewelry easy to spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDistressed Wood-Effect Frame, Black Velvet, and Mirror: Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the frame with a soft, dry cloth, without using harsh chemicals or wax. Dust the black velvet with a soft brush or lint roller. Clean the mirror with a microfiber cloth. Avoid placing it in bathrooms or damp rooms to protect the wood and fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions About the Wall-Mounted Jewelry Cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the wall-mounted jewelry cabinet look like a mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, from the front, it is a rectangular mirror framed in a wood-effect frame. The storage space is revealed when the door is opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the interior made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA black velvet backing, necklace hooks, a ring and earring grid, and a shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I attach it to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eScrew it into a wall or partition using wall plugs suitable for the surface. Check the type of wall before drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry can be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNecklaces, bracelets, rings, and earrings, as well as small items on the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere should I install it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn a bedroom, dressing room, or entryway, away from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Order This Wall-Mounted Jewelry Cabinet from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux specializes in jewelry and watch storage: the interior organization of each cabinet is described before purchase. Returns are accepted within 14 days, and the product is covered by a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHang this wood-effect wall-mounted jewelry cabinet and transform a wall into a storage mirror for your entire collection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWall-Mounted Jewelry Cabinet Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted jewelry cabinet with front mirror\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry stored:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklaces, rings, bracelets, earrings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e distressed wood-effect frame, mirror, black velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e dark brown distressed wood\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e hooks, ring and earring grid, shelf\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall-mounted\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft cloth, microfiber for the mirror\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Distressed wood effect","offer_id":52364239110456,"sku":"AC-BOIS-001","price":118.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Armoire_Bijoux_effet_Bois_RoyalCoffer_3.webp?v=1778164986"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-murale-bois-led-miroir-compartimentee","title":"White Wall-Mounted Jewelry Cabinet with Large Mirror","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWhite Jewelry Cabinet with Large Mirror: Wall-Mounted or Over-the-Door\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry cabinet with a large mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a full-length mirror with rounded edges and hidden storage behind it. The mirrored door opens to reveal hooks for necklaces, bars for rings and earrings, shelves for bottles, and a drawer, all in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be mounted on the wall or \u003cstrong\u003ehung over a door\u003c\/strong\u003e using the hooks at the top. A \u003cstrong\u003ekey lock\u003c\/strong\u003e secures the door. This \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry storage mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e can also be used for cosmetics and accessories in a bedroom, dressing room, or hallway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe benefits of this jewelry cabinet with mirror\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded-edge mirror on the front\u003c\/strong\u003e: it is approximately the same height as the cabinet, allowing you to see yourself from head to toe or from the waist up, depending on how it is installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey lock\u003c\/strong\u003e: the door locks to protect valuable jewelry and cosmetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall mounting or door hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e: you can choose to screw it to the wall or place it over the edge of a door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHooks, bars, and slots\u003c\/strong\u003e: necklaces, rings, and earrings are stored on dedicated supports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterior shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e: they hold perfumes, nail polishes, creams, and small bottles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeige interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: a light-colored backing makes jewelry easy to spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to install this white jewelry cabinet with a large mirror\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMounted on a bedroom wall, the cabinet serves as a full-length mirror and frees up space on the dressing table. Hung over a dressing room or storage room door, it requires no drilling. In a hallway or entryway, it provides a convenient mirror for passing through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganizing the white jewelry cabinet: necklaces, rings, earrings, and bottles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNecklaces hang from hooks on the back of the door, rings are placed in striped fabric holders, and earrings are stored on slotted bars. Inside the cabinet, the shelves hold perfume bottles, nail polishes, and creams, while three round wooden pegs on a bar hold bracelets and watches. The solid beige backing makes every item easier to see than a black backing would.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhite wood, rounded mirror, and beige backing: caring for the cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the white lacquered wood with a soft, dry cloth, or slightly damp for a streak-free finish—never use an abrasive cleaner. Wipe the mirror with a microfiber cloth. Dust the fabric backing with a soft brush. Keep the cabinet away from water splashes and direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the jewelry cabinet with mirror\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this jewelry cabinet be hung over a door?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it has metal hooks at the top that fit over the edge of a door. It can also be mounted on the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mirror full-length?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rounded-edge mirror covers the entire front of the cabinet, allowing you to see yourself from head to toe or from the waist up, depending on the installation height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the door lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the door has a key lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the cabinet have lighting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, this model does not have built-in lighting. For a lit cabinet, choose an LED model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan cosmetics be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the interior shelves hold perfumes, nail polishes, and creams, in addition to jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry cabinet with mirror from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe offer a wide selection of jewelry cabinets with mirrors—wall-mounted, over-the-door, or freestanding—described clearly with no unpleasant surprises regarding lighting or installation. Enjoy a 14-day return period and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose this white jewelry cabinet with a large mirror and store necklaces, rings, and cosmetics behind the door.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the jewelry cabinet with mirror\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jewelry cabinet with large mirror, wall-mounted or over-the-door\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry stored:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklaces, rings, bracelets, earrings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e white lacquered wood, mirror, beige fabric backing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e white\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMirror:\u003c\/strong\u003e on the front, rounded edges\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e key lock\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall-mounted or hung over a door\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e none\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft cloth, microfiber for the mirror\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364239175992,"sku":"RC-LED-ARM-001","price":178.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Armoire_Bijoux_LED_RoyalCoffer.webp?v=1783292261"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-murale-bois-led-miroir-securise","title":"White Full-Height Mirrored LED Wall-Mounted Jewelry Cabinet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLED Jewelry Cabinet with Full-Length Mirror: Wall-Mounted or Over-the-Door Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis white \u003cstrong\u003eLED jewelry cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a \u003cstrong\u003efull-length mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e with comprehensive storage: a strip of LED spotlights illuminates the interior, hooks hold necklaces and bracelets, slotted rows hold rings, and two small drawers are located at the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be mounted on the wall or hung over a door using the hooks at the top. A key lock secures the door. This \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry storage mirror with lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e is also ideal for cosmetics, perfumes, and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features of this LED jewelry cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e: a strip of small lights at the top of the cabinet illuminates the jewelry when the door is opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-length mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e: it covers the entire door, allowing you to see your full reflection once the cabinet is installed at the appropriate height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall-mounted or over-the-door installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: it can be screwed to the wall or hung over a door using its hooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo small drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e: they open at the bottom of the cabinet and hold bracelets, rings, and small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey lock\u003c\/strong\u003e: the door locks to protect your collection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eContrasting black backing\u003c\/strong\u003e: the black backing makes light-colored jewelry, such as gold and silver, stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to install this white LED wall-mounted jewelry cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a bedroom, the cabinet can be screwed in next to a window to make use of natural light on the mirror. In a dressing room, it can be hung over a door without drilling. In an entryway, it serves as a full-length mirror. The LED lighting helps you spot jewelry in a dark corner, while the white color blends in with both light-colored interiors and more heavily decorated spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganizing the LED jewelry cabinet: necklaces, rings, drawers, and cosmetics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNecklaces and bracelets can be hung on numerous rows of hooks on the back of the door and inside the cabinet. Rings and earrings are stored on slotted bars. The central shelves hold perfume bottles, nail polish, and small jars, while the two bottom drawers store fine pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhite lacquered wood, black backing, and mirror: caring for the LED cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the white lacquered wood with a soft, dry cloth. Clean the mirror with a microfiber cloth. Dust the black backing with a soft brush. Avoid getting the electrical components of the lighting wet, and unplug or turn off the lighting before cleaning the interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the LED jewelry cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jewelry cabinet illuminated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a strip of LED spotlights located at the top of the interior illuminates the jewelry when the door is opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be hung over a door?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, hooks at the top allow it to be hung over the edge of a door or mounted on the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mirror full-length?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the mirror covers the full height of the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the cabinet lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a key lock secures the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many drawers are there?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo small drawers located at the bottom of the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this LED jewelry cabinet from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur store specializes in jewelry and watch storage: each cabinet is described with details about its lighting, mirror, and installation. Returns are accepted within 14 days, and the product is covered by a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIlluminate and store your entire collection with this LED jewelry cabinet with a full-length mirror.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the LED jewelry cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e LED jewelry cabinet with full-length mirror\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry stored:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklaces, rings, bracelets, earrings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e white lacquered wood, mirror, black backing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e white\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated LED spotlight strip\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMirror:\u003c\/strong\u003e full-height on the door\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e hooks, slotted bars, shelves, 2 drawers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e key lock\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall-mounted or hung over a door\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft cloth, microfiber for the mirror\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364239274296,"sku":"RC-ARM-BLANCHE","price":108.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Armoire_Miroir_Bijoux_RoyalCoffer_3.webp?v=1783292544"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-murale-bois-blanche-miroir-serrure","title":"White Wall-Mounted Jewelry Armoire with Mirror and Lock","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWhite Wall-Mounted Jewelry Cabinet: Large Front Mirror and Key Lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis white \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted jewelry cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e looks like a simple mirror: its front is a \u003cstrong\u003elarge rectangular mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e framed in white, and the storage is revealed when the door is opened. A key lock located on the side closes the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt attaches to the wall, freeing up the dressing table and dressers: necklaces, rings, bracelets, and earrings find their place behind the mirror. It is a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry storage mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for a bedroom, dressing room, or entryway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe features of this wall-mounted jewelry cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e: a rectangular mirror framed in white serves as a wall mirror, even before opening the cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey lock\u003c\/strong\u003e: the door locks, keeping jewelry out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical wall storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: it makes use of the height of the wall rather than the surface of a piece of furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean white frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: it matches a light bedroom, dressing room, or entryway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet-lined interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: it protects jewelry from scratches and rubbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e: it is placed on a partition or wall with wall plugs suitable for the support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to hang this white wall-mounted jewelry cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a bedroom, next to the dressing table, the wall-mounted jewelry cabinet serves as a preparation mirror. In a dressing room, it frees up the drawers. In an entryway, it serves as a departure mirror, but hides the storage of what you wear every day: safe keys, valuable jewelry. Place it at eye level to enjoy the mirror, and leave free space in front of it to open the door flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the wall-mounted jewelry cabinet: necklaces, rings, and earrings\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBehind the mirror, the interior is designed to hold \u003cstrong\u003enecklaces\u003c\/strong\u003e on hooks, \u003cstrong\u003erings\u003c\/strong\u003e on padded supports, earrings on grids, and bracelets on bars or in compartments. The door opens flat to one side, which gives access to all the contents without bending over. Jewelry is found at a glance and does not get tangled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhite wood, mirror, and velvet: jewelry cabinet maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe white frame is cleaned with a soft, slightly damp cloth, then a dry cloth. The mirror is rubbed with microfiber, without abrasive products. The velvet interior is dusted with a soft brush. Avoid high humidity and water splashes: the cabinet is designed for a bedroom or dressing room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the wall-mounted jewelry cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this jewelry cabinet wall-mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is a wall cabinet: it is screwed to a wall or partition with wall plugs suitable for the support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mirror built into the door?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the front of the cabinet is a large rectangular mirror framed in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be locked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a key lock closes the door. Keep the key separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry can be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNecklaces, rings, bracelets, and earrings, arranged in the interior compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn which room should it be installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn a bedroom, dressing room, or entryway. Avoid wet rooms, where humidity damages the wood and velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this wall-mounted jewelry cabinet from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe specialize in jewelry and watch storage: each cabinet is described with its accessories and its mounting. Returns within 14 days and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHang a white wall-mounted jewelry cabinet with a mirror and lock, and keep necklaces and rings safe behind the door.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the wall-mounted jewelry cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted jewelry cabinet with front mirror\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry stored:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklaces, rings, bracelets, earrings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e white lacquered wood, mirror, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e white\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMirror:\u003c\/strong\u003e large rectangular front mirror\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e key lock\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall mounting\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft cloth, microfiber for the mirror\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364239307064,"sku":"RC-ARM-BJ-BLANCHE","price":148.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Armoire_Mural_Bijoux_RoyalCoffer.webp?v=1778164997"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-fille-miroir-velours-compartimentee","title":"Girls' Jewelry Box with Mirror, Zipper, White or Black Quilted Design","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGirls' Zippered Jewelry Box: Mirror, Pink Velvet and Quilted Exterior\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003egirls' jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e closes with a zipper around the entire perimeter: jewelry won't fall out in a bag or suitcase. The quilted exterior is available in \u003cstrong\u003ewhite or black\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the light pink interior holds necklaces, rings, bracelets, and earrings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts size of \u003cstrong\u003e20.5 x 11.5 x 5.8 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e makes it easy to slip into a schoolbag, handbag, or bedside table. The mirror attached to the underside of the lid allows you to try on jewelry without taking it out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe highlights of this girls' jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eZippered closure\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lid opens flat and closes with one motion, without a flap that could accidentally open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMirror under the lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: a young girl can try on a necklace or earrings directly at the opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the soft lining protects delicate chains and costume jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable dividers\u003c\/strong\u003e: two pink dividers can be moved to adjust the compartments to the size of the jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarring plate and necklace hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e: pairs stay together and chains hang without tangling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact size of 20.5 x 11.5 x 5.8 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e: it fits in a drawer, bag, or travel suitcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to use this girls' jewelry box with a mirror\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a bedside table or a child's desk, the girls' jewelry box keeps costume jewelry close at hand. In a bag, it is perfect for an outing, a weekend at grandparents', or a holiday trip. White suits bright rooms, while black is ideal for preteens who prefer a more understated style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganizing the girls' jewelry box: necklaces, rings, and earrings\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn addition to the mirror, the lid features a series of small hooks for delicate necklaces and a perforated plate for earrings. At the bottom, a padded block holds \u003cstrong\u003erings\u003c\/strong\u003e in a row, and several compartments hold bracelets and bulky jewelry. The removable dividers can be positioned as needed. Once closed, the box keeps each piece in place, even in a jostled bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuilted exterior and pink velvet: caring for the jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe quilted exterior can be wiped with a soft, dry cloth, or slightly damp if there is a mark. The velvet interior can be dusted with a soft brush. The mirror can be cleaned with a microfiber cloth. Store the box closed, away from heat and moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the girls' jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this girls' jewelry box suitable for a child?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its zippered closure and compact size make it easy to handle. It holds small pieces: use it with costume jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 20.5 x 11.5 x 5.8 cm, roughly the size of a flat pencil case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a mirror in the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is attached to the underside of the lid, facing the compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhite and black, available from the \"Color\" option on the product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan necklaces be stored without tangling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the hooks on the lid hang delicate necklaces separately from the storage section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this girls' jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux describes each storage item with its actual dimensions and interior layout, so the gift is just right. Returns are accepted within 14 days, and it comes with a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose white or black and give the gift of a zippered jewelry box with a mirror, easy to take anywhere.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGirls' jewelry box technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Zippered girls' jewelry box with mirror\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry stored:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklaces, rings, bracelets, earrings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e quilted exterior, pink velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e white, black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20.5 x 11.5 x 5.8 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e compartments, removable dividers, necklace hooks, earring plate\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMirror:\u003c\/strong\u003e under the lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e zippered closure\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft cloth, soft brush\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364239503672,"sku":"14:10#White (20.5*11.5*5.8cm)","price":44.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364239536440,"sku":"14:173#Black (20.5*11.5*5.8cm)","price":44.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Bo_te_Bijoux_fille_avec_miroir2.webp?v=1778165003"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-motif-floral-rangement-compact","title":"Small Jewelry Box with Embossed Floral Design, Removable Tray","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEmbossed floral jewelry box: a small two-tier box with a removable tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003esmall jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e with an embossed floral design holds earrings, rings, necklaces, and bracelets in a compact two-tier box. The lid features an earring panel, the base has a bracelet compartment, and a \u003cstrong\u003eremovable tray\u003c\/strong\u003e with compartments holds rings. It is available in white, green, pink, and gray, with a cream velvet interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this compartmentalized jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmbossed floral design\u003c\/strong\u003e: a foliage design that adds romantic, vintage charm to your dressing table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo levels of storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: the main box and a removable tray that can be placed beside it while you get ready.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarring panel\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lid features holes for displaying stud and drop earrings in pairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the padded lining protects jewelry from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold-tone clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e: a small turn clasp keeps the box closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA small jewelry box for the bedside table, dressing table, or weekend\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a bedside table or dressing table, this jewelry box keeps your everyday jewelry close at hand without taking up much space. Its compact size also fits easily into a suitcase for a weekend away or trip, and the clasp keeps it closed during travel. Delicate and colorful, it is a jewelry box gift that appeals to teenagers and women who love romantic items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials and colors of the floral box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior features an \u003cstrong\u003eembossed floral design\u003c\/strong\u003e on a rigid shell that preserves its shape. The interior is lined with padded \u003cstrong\u003ecream velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e. The clasp is gold-tone. Four soft colors: white, sage green, powdery \u003cstrong\u003epink\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003egray\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInterior organization of the floral jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lid features a panel with rows of holes for \u003cstrong\u003eearrings\u003c\/strong\u003e, along with hooks for hanging a fine chain. The base has round and square compartments for wrapping bracelets and necklaces. The \u003cstrong\u003eremovable tray\u003c\/strong\u003e features a series of compartments and slots for rings, stud earrings, and small items. Lift it to access the compartment underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for your floral jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, without rubbing the embossed design. Dust the velvet with a soft brush. For the white version, store the box away from makeup and direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the floral jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can be stored in this small jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEarrings in the lid, rings in the removable tray, and bracelets and necklaces in the base. It is suitable for an everyday collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the tray removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the compartment tray can be lifted and placed beside the box. You can then access the compartments in the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good gift for a teenager?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its size, soft colors, and floral design appeal to young girls. It helps them organize their first jewelry collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean a velvet jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrush the velvet with a soft brush. Wipe the exterior with a dry cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your floral box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes, cases, and displays for storing jewelry with care and style. Enjoy 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose your color and give your jewelry poetic protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the floral jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e two-tier jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e embossed floral design\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e rigid shell, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e earring panel, compartments, removable ring tray\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold-tone turn clasp\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e white, green, pink, gray\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364239634744,"sku":"14:29;5:4#Pattern-YD24","price":14.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage green","offer_id":52364239667512,"sku":"14:175;5:4#Pattern-YD24","price":14.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dusty rose","offer_id":52364239700280,"sku":"14:1052;5:4#Pattern-YD24","price":14.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":52364239733048,"sku":"14:691;5:4#Pattern-YD24","price":14.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Bo_te_Bijoux_Motif_RoyalCoffer.webp?v=1778165009"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-bois-mdf-tiroirs-maquillage-coiffeuse","title":"Wooden Jewelry Box with Drawers and Makeup Storage","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWooden jewelry box with drawers and makeup storage: a single piece of furniture for your dressing table\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wooden \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps your jewelry and makeup in one place. At the bottom, lined drawers store rings, necklaces, bracelets, and watches away from dust; on top, an open compartment holds brushes, lipsticks, and bottles, while a shelf holds a palette. It is available with \u003cstrong\u003e2, 3, or 4 drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry and makeup storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: jewelry in the drawers, brushes and tubes in the top compartment—everything is kept in one place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompartmentalized drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e: each drawer is divided into sections and lined with a soft grey base to keep rings, earrings, chains, and bracelets separate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: Small with 2 drawers, Medium with 3, Large with 4; the large jewelry box grows with your collection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold buttons\u003c\/strong\u003e: small round gold buttons on a wood-effect MDF front for a \u003cstrong\u003emodern and warm jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to place this wooden jewelry box on a dressing table or chest of drawers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry storage box\u003c\/strong\u003e can be placed on a dressing table, bedroom chest of drawers, wardrobe shelf, or dry bathroom counter. It doubles as a dressing table with jewelry storage: you can apply makeup with brushes within easy reach, then choose your earrings from the drawer directly below. Whether for a teenager's bedroom or an adult's dressing room, it makes a practical gift that will be used every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganizing the drawers of the wood-effect MDF jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top drawer, divided into small compartments and rolls, is ideal for rings, earrings, and small items. The more open drawers below hold bracelets, bangles, watches, and flat-laid necklaces. The open top compartment serves as a brush holder and lipstick organizer, while the adjacent shelf holds a palette or powder compact. Small: 2 drawers; Medium: 3 drawers; Large: 4 drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the wooden jewelry box with drawers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade of \u003cstrong\u003eMDF\u003c\/strong\u003e with a brown wood effect, drawers lined with soft grey fabric, gold buttons, and an open makeup storage compartment on top. The number of drawers depends on the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for your wooden jewelry storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the wood with a soft, dry cloth; avoid using any liquid products that could mark the MDF. The drawer linings can be cleaned with a soft brush. Avoid leaving open bottles in the compartment: nail polish and perfume can stain the wood effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this jewelry box with drawers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I organize a jewelry box with drawers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlace small items (rings, stud earrings) in the top compartmentalized drawer and long or heavy items (necklaces, bracelets, watches) in the bottom drawers. You can see everything at a glance, and chains will no longer become tangled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size is right for my dressing table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Small version with 2 drawers is ideal for a small collection and a narrow surface. The Large version with 4 drawers holds a complete collection of everyday and evening jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I store makeup in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, that is exactly what it is designed for: the top compartment holds brushes, lipsticks, and pencils, while the shelf holds a palette. Jewelry is kept separately in the drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean a wooden jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA dry cloth is all you need for the wood, and a soft brush for the drawer bases. Do not use water or household cleaning products on the MDF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe select storage solutions designed for everyday life: a cluttered dressing table becomes an organized beauty corner. You can enjoy \u003cstrong\u003ereturns within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the number of drawers you need and finally store your jewelry and makeup in one place.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box with makeup storage\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF, drawer bases lined with soft fabric\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, or 4 drawers depending on the size, makeup compartment, and shelf\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e brown wood effect, gold buttons\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry:\u003c\/strong\u003e rings, earrings, necklaces, bracelets, watches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Large, 4 drawers","offer_id":52364239798584,"sku":"14:10#4 Layer Box","price":158.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium, 3 drawers","offer_id":52364239831352,"sku":"14:175#3 Layer Box","price":158.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Small, 2 drawers","offer_id":52364239864120,"sku":"14:193#2 Layer Box","price":138.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Bo_te_Bijoux_Maquillage_RoyalCoffer_Livraison_GRATUITE3.webp?v=1778165014"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-voyage-compact-velours-beige","title":"Compact Velvet Travel Jewelry Box 15 x 10.5 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCompact, zippered velvet travel jewelry box: 15 x 10.5 x 7 cm for all your jewelry\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evelvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e measures \u003cstrong\u003e15 x 10.5 x 7 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and closes with a gold zipper. Inside, necklace tabs in the lid, a removable tray with compartments, and a storage base hold necklaces, rings, earrings, and bracelets. Three velvet colors: beige, green, or purple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this velvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact size\u003c\/strong\u003e: at 15 cm long, it fits in a handbag or carry-on suitcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: soft velvet on the outside and inside, pleasant to the touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNecklace tabs\u003c\/strong\u003e: four snap tabs in the lid keep chains flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable tray\u003c\/strong\u003e: a compartmented and slotted tray lifts to reveal the bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold zipper\u003c\/strong\u003e: it goes around the box and keeps everything in place during travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJewelry storage for weekends and everyday travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003e is ideal for a weekend away, a wedding far from home, or a business trip. Jewelry stays separate and ready to wear upon arrival. At home, this \u003cstrong\u003esmall jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e sits on a dressing table or bedside table and holds your selection for the week. It is also an easy \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box gift\u003c\/strong\u003e for a friend who travels often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial of the zippered velvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is covered in \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e over a rigid shell that retains its shape in luggage. The interior is lined with matching velvet in a shade close to the color. The \u003cstrong\u003ezipper\u003c\/strong\u003e with a gold puller goes around the lid. The Beige color is a light rosy beige, Green is a deep olive green, and Purple is a bright mauve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTwo-level organization of the travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lid features \u003cstrong\u003e4 snap tabs\u003c\/strong\u003e for hanging necklaces and pendants, with a pocket underneath to hold the chain. The \u003cstrong\u003eremovable tray\u003c\/strong\u003e is divided into compartments and slots: rings stand upright in the slots, while earrings and small items are stored beside them. Under the tray, the bottom of the box holds bracelets and larger jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for your velvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a soft brush following the grain. In case of a stain, blot with a barely damp cloth, then let the box dry open. Store only clean and dry jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the velvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 15 x 10.5 x 7 cm. It fits in a handbag or toiletry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to store jewelry for travel without tangles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHang each necklace on a tab in the lid and place the chain in the pocket. Rings go in the slots of the tray, and bracelets go at the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the inner tray removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the tray lifts to reveal the bottom. It can also be removed for use on its own on a dressing table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to clean a velvet jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft brush removes dust without damaging the velvet. Avoid large amounts of water and household cleaning products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this travel jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects boxes, cases, and displays for storing jewelry at home and while traveling. You benefit from 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose your velvet color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the velvet travel jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e travel jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 x 10.5 x 7 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e velvet, rigid shell\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e zipper\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 necklace tabs, pocket, removable tray with compartments and slots, storage base\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e beige, green, or purple\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364239962424,"sku":"14:175#Milk Apricot Beige;5:200004763#15 10.5 7cm","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364239995192,"sku":"14:29#Emerald Green;5:200004763#15 10.5 7cm","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":52364240027960,"sku":"14:193#Grape Purple;5:200004763#15 10.5 7cm","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Rangement_Bijoux_Voyage_RoyalCoffer.webp?v=1778165018"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-bois-rustique-tiroirs-panneau-colliers","title":"Wooden Jewelry Box 3 Drawers Necklace Holder Bamboo Handle","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWooden jewelry box with 3 drawers and necklace door: a small cabinet to place on the dresser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewooden jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e looks like a miniature cabinet: a door with hooks for necklaces, three drawers for rings, earrings and bracelets, and a bamboo handle to move it. It sits on a dresser, dressing table or shelf and stores an entire collection without a knot, in a warm artisanal style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this wooden jewelry storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNecklace door\u003c\/strong\u003e: the inside of the door holds a row of hooks, and a gathered pocket at the bottom collects the ends of the chains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWooden jewelry drawer box\u003c\/strong\u003e: three drawers with small knobs, including one divided into four compartments for rings and earrings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBamboo handle\u003c\/strong\u003e on metal fittings: you can carry the box from room to room like a small piece of luggage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuatrefoil window\u003c\/strong\u003e on the front, decorated with a design of birds on a flowering branch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall feet\u003c\/strong\u003e that elevate the cabinet and isolate it from the surface of the dresser.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA vintage jewelry box for the bedroom or dressing room\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewooden jewelry storage\u003c\/strong\u003e finds its place on a dressing table, bedside table or dressing room shelf, where it stands out as a decorative object. The wood with visible grain and the bamboo handle give it the look of an \u003cstrong\u003eantique jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e, at home in a bohemian, country or Japanese-inspired interior. It is also an \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e to give as a gift for a birthday, housewarming or Mother's Day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials and finishes of this wooden jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe body, door and drawers are made of \u003cstrong\u003ewood\u003c\/strong\u003e with a warm finish and visible grain. The handle is made of \u003cstrong\u003ebamboo\u003c\/strong\u003e, fixed on two silver-colored \u003cstrong\u003emetal\u003c\/strong\u003e fittings; the door turns on metal hinges. The drawers and the back of the door are lined with a light and soft lining that protects the jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the 3 drawers and the necklace door\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the door: the \u003cstrong\u003enecklaces\u003c\/strong\u003e and long necklaces hang on their respective hooks, while the bottom pocket holds the longest pendants. The first drawer, with \u003cstrong\u003efour compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e, separates rings, studs and earrings. The other two drawers, which are more open, hold \u003cstrong\u003ebracelets\u003c\/strong\u003e, strands of pearls, watches and brooches. Each type of jewelry has its place, and everything can be seen at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the wood and the lining\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the wood with a dry and soft cloth, without water or household products. The drawer lining can be dusted with a soft brush. Avoid placing the box in direct sunlight or near a radiator, as this dries out the wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this wooden jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many drawers does this jewelry box have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has three drawers, including one with four compartments, plus a door lined with necklace hooks. Necklaces no longer get tangled with the rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to store necklaces without knots?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHang each chain on a hook on the door and let the pendant rest in the bottom pocket. A hanging chain does not knot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be easily carried?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the bamboo handle allows you to carry it from room to room. Empty the drawers for a longer journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good gift idea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its look of a small decorated cabinet appeals to lovers of antique objects and natural wood. It can be emptied, ready to receive the collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur store is dedicated to the storage and presentation of jewelry, from the dressing table box to the display case stand. Worldwide delivery, \u003cstrong\u003ereturns within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your jewelry a wooden cabinet where every piece has its place.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e wooden jewelry box with 3 drawers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e wood, bamboo handle, metal fittings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklace door with hooks and pocket, 3 drawers including 1 with 4 compartments\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpening:\u003c\/strong\u003e hinged door, drawers with knobs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Natural wood","offer_id":52364240126264,"sku":"RC-CB-BOIS-RUST","price":138.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Coffre_Bijoux_en_bois_rustique_RoyalCoffer.webp?v=1778165022"},{"product_id":"mallette-bijoux-voyage-matelassee-cuir-noire","title":"Foldable Hanging Quilted Travel Jewelry Pouch","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFoldable Hanging Jewelry Travel Pouch: all your jewelry visible at a glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003efoldable jewelry travel pouch\u003c\/strong\u003e folds into a handle bag adorned with a bow and unfolds into a long panel that can be hung using a metal hook. Every piece of jewelry is visible at a glance: transparent zippered pockets for hoop earrings and bracelets, rows of slots for delicate necklaces, and a tray at the bottom for rings and earrings. The chevron quilting is available in \u003cstrong\u003eblack, pink, and beige\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this hanging jewelry pouch\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e hang it on a bar to choose your jewelry without having to set anything down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent zippered pockets:\u003c\/strong\u003e hoop earrings and bracelets are visible without opening the pocket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing and earring tray:\u003c\/strong\u003e rings and earrings can be placed in the bottom of the pouch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoldable with handles:\u003c\/strong\u003e it folds into a small bag and slips into a suitcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, pink, and beige, with a cream interior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJewelry pouch for travel, hotels, and weekends\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hanging pouch is designed for trips: in a hotel room, hang it on a hook or bar and all your jewelry stays within easy reach. Folded, it takes up as little space as a book and can be stored in a suitcase or carry-on bag. It is also suitable for home use, hung in a closet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization: hoop earrings, bracelets, necklaces, rings, and earrings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panel is divided into sections: transparent zippered pockets hold large hoop earrings and bracelets, rows of slots hold delicate necklaces, and a padded tray at the bottom holds rings and earrings. The transparent pockets allow you to see the contents without opening them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial and care for quilted faux leather\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is made of chevron-quilted faux leather, closed with a gold-tone zipper, with two handles and a decorative bow. The interior is cream-colored. Wipe the pouch with a soft, dry cloth, avoid water, and store it flat or hanging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the hanging jewelry pouch\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you hang the pouch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnfold it and hang the metal hook on a bar, hook, or hanger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBlack, pink, and beige: choose from the Color option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry can be stored?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHoop earrings, bracelets, delicate necklaces, rings, and earrings, in the pockets, slots, and tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the sample jewelry pieces included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, only the pouch is supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your jewelry pouch from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers pouches, boxes, cases, and displays for jewelry and watches. Returns within 14 days and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and hang your travel jewelry wherever you like.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the foldable jewelry pouch\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foldable, hanging jewelry travel pouch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chevron-quilted faux leather, cream interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, pink, beige\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transparent zippered pockets, slots, ring and earring tray\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gold-tone zipper\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal hook\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pouch only, without jewelry\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364240191800,"sku":"14:193;200007763:201336104","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364240224568,"sku":"14:1052;200007763:201336104","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364240257336,"sku":"14:771;200007763:201336104","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Pochette_Bijoux_Femme_RoyalCoffer.webp?v=1778165030"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/collections\/couv-rangement-bijoux.jpg?v=1793128507","url":"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/en\/collections\/rangement-bijoux.oembed","provider":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","version":"1.0","type":"link"}